Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Devices / Alphatec Holdings, Inc.

Alphatec Holdings, Inc.

atec · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker atec
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Devices
Employees 867
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Alphatec Holdings, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2016 Annual Report

We improve lives by  providing 

innovative spine surgery solutions 

through our relentless pursuit of 

superior outcomes

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549

Form 10-K

(Mark One)
(cid:2) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

or

(cid:3) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from             to

Commission file number: 000-52024

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

5818 El Camino Real, Carlsbad,
California
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

20-2463898
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

92008
(Zip Code)

(760) 431-9286
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

Title of Each Class
Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
The NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  (cid:3)    No  (cid:2)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes  (cid:3)    No  (cid:2)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during 
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 
90 days.    Yes  (cid:2)    No  (cid:3)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be 

submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and 
post such files).    Yes  (cid:2)    No  (cid:3)

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the 

registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:3)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See 

definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer

(cid:3)
(cid:2)(cid:4)(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company

(cid:3)
(cid:3)

Indicate by a check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  (cid:3)    No  (cid:2)

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant (without admitting that any person whose shares are not 
included in such calculation is an affiliate) computed by reference to the price at which the common stock was last sold as of the last business day of the registrant's 
most recently completed second fiscal quarter (June 30, 2016), was approximately $24.7 million.

The number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, as of March 24, 2017 was 9,048,145.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

None.

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

FORM 10-K—ANNUAL REPORT
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2016

Table of Contents

PART I
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

PART II
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.

PART III
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

PART IV
Item 15.

Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

Page

1
16
36
36
37
37

38
39
40
55
55
55
55
56

57
57
57
57
57

58

In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “Alphatec Holdings” and “Alphatec” mean Alphatec 
Holdings, Inc. and our subsidiaries and their subsidiaries. “Alphatec Spine” refers to our wholly-owned operating subsidiary Alphatec 
Spine, Inc. “Scient’x” refers to our operating affiliate, Scient’x S.A.S., which is wholly-owned by several of our subsidiaries, and 
Scient’x’s subsidiaries.

Item 1.

Business

Overview

PART I

We are a medical technology company focused on the design, development and promotion of products for the surgical treatment 

of spinal disorders. Our mission is to improve patient lives by delivering advancements in spinal fusion technologies. We have a 
comprehensive product and procedural portfolio, as well as a pipeline that addresses the cervical, thoracolumbar and intervertebral 
regions of the spine and covers a variety of spinal disorders from degenerative disease to complex deformity and trauma. Our principal 
product offerings are focused on the U.S. market for fusion-based spinal disorder solutions. We believe that our products and 
procedural offerings are attractive to surgeons, hospitals, and patients due to innovative features and benefits that are designed to 
streamline surgical procedures, improve patient outcomes, while delivering predicable results at lower costs.

Recent Developments

On September 1, 2016, we completed the sale of our international distribution operations and agreements, including our wholly-
owned subsidiaries in Japan, Brazil, Australia, China and Singapore and substantially all of the assets of our other sales operations in 
the United Kingdom and Italy, or collectively the International Business, to an affiliate of Globus. Following the closing of the Globus 
Transaction, we now operate in the U.S. market only.

Between September 1, 2016 and March 24, 2017, we announced several changes to our senior leadership team, including the 
appointment of Terry Rich as our Chief Executive Officer; Craig Hunsaker as our Executive Vice President, People and Culture and 
General Counsel; Jon Allen as our Executive Vice President, Commercial Operations; Brian Snider as our Executive Vice President, 
Strategic Marketing and Product Development; and Jeff Black as our Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer.

On March 29, 2017, we completed a Private Placement of our  securities to certain institutional and accredited investors, 
including certain directors and executive officers of the Company, providing for the sale by the Company of 1,809,628 shares of our 
common stock at a purchase price of $2.00 per share, 15,245 shares of newly designated Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the 
“Series A Convertible Preferred Stock”) at a purchase price of $1,000 per share (which Preferred Shares are convertible into 
approximately 7,622,372 shares of our common stock, subject to limitations on conversion until the approval by our stockholders as 
required in accordance with the NASDAQ Global Select Market rules), and warrants to purchase up to 9,432,000 shares of our 
Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.00 per share (the “Warrants”), in a private placement (the “Private Placement”). The 
Warrants will become exercisable following stockholder approval, are subject to certain ownership limitations, and expire five years 
after the date of such Stockholder approval. The aggregate gross proceeds for the Private Placement were approximately $18.9 
million. We intend to use the net proceeds from the Private Placement for general corporate and working capital purposes. 

Strategy

Our goal is to build a high-growth organization focused on innovation and value delivery.  By working with world class 
surgeons to simplify procedures and deliver better outcomes, we believe that we will be positioned to take a greater share of the U.S. 
spine market, becoming the partner of choice for spine surgeons, hospitals, healthcare systems and payors.

To achieve our vision, we are committed to attracting, engaging and retaining the best talent in the industry, and investing in the 

following “vital few” strategies:

•

U.S. Commercial Execution and Growth – Dedicated and Loyal Sales Channel

Currently, we market and sell our products in the U.S. through a network of non-exclusive independent distributors and direct 
sales representatives. Our goal is to deliver consistent, predictable growth through a durable brand commitment.  To accomplish this, 
we believe there is significant opportunity for us to partner closely with distributors to create a more dedicated and loyal sales channel 
for the future.  We are eliminating our stocking distributors and are moving our existing distributor relationships to more dedicated 
and non-competitive partnerships.  As part of this strategy we intend to add new, high-quality distributors to enable future growth.  We 
believe this will allow us to reach an untapped market of surgeons, hospitals and national accounts across the U.S., as well as further 
penetrate existing accounts and territories. We feel that the recent consolidation in the industry has afforded us the opportunity to 
partner with large, seasoned distributors that are looking to re-enter the spine market with our robust product portfolio that is solely 
focused in spine solutions.

1

We also employ a national accounts team that is responsible for securing access at hospitals and group purchasing organizations, 

or GPOs, across the U.S. We have had strong success with securing access to hospitals and GPOs and today much of our business is 
achieved through these accounts.  We believe that this access is a key differentiator for us.  We will continue to focus our efforts and 
investment in developing and maintaining relationships with key GPOs and hospital networks to secure favorable contracts and 
develop strategies to convert or grow business within existing accounts.    

As part of this effort we are also significantly enhancing our specialized sales training and education programs for independent 

distributors and direct sales representatives to enhance overall sales productivity.

•

Reduce Costs and Drive Fiscal Responsibility Across the Organization – Financial Health and Wellness

We plan to embed fiscal responsibility throughout our culture with the goal of remaining disciplined to sustainable standards 

and accountability at every level of planning and execution throughout the organization.  We are evaluating our existing processes in 
order to drive efficiency throughout the organization.  We will actively manage our cash and will work to ensure that all cash across 
the business is deployed with the goal of increasing free cash flow.  We are also striving to drive additional revenue by focusing our 
capital spend towards making strategic investments in commercializing our new products.   

•

Product Innovation Focus and Position in Spine

We are dedicated to the development, launch and promotion of innovative products that simplify procedures for surgeons and 
improve patient outcomes. We support these products through comprehensive sales force and surgeon training and technical support. 
Our short-term and long-term pipeline is designed to offer us increased revenue opportunities by addressing the core market segments 
of spinal fusion, including both open and minimally invasive surgical, or MIS, pedicle screw systems, interbody devices, cervical 
plates and a comprehensive biologics offering.

We are focusing our development and commercialization efforts on differentiated products that we can market through our sales 

channel.   These innovative products are designed to drive penetration within specific growth segments of the overall spine market, 
including the complex spine, deformity, and lateral markets.  In Q1 of 2017 we delivered limited market releases of the Arsenal™ 
Deformity Adolescent Scoliosis (AIS) System, the Battalion Lateral Spacer System, and the Squadron Lateral Retractor. We also plan 
to expand our distribution of these offerings as well as broaden our biologics portfolio through structural allograft, tissue and synthetic 
bone graft products to support surgeons during the surgical procedure with the goal of achieving high fusion rates.  

Spine Anatomy

The spine is the core of the human skeleton and provides important structural support and alignment while remaining flexible to 

allow movement. The spine is a column of 33 bones that protects the spinal cord and provides the main support for your body. Each 
bony segment of the spine is referred to as a vertebra (two or more are called vertebrae). The spine has five regions containing groups 
of similar bones, listed from top to bottom: seven cervical vertebrae in the neck, twelve thoracic vertebrae in the mid-back (each 
attached to a rib), five lumbar vertebrae in the lower back, five sacral vertebrae fused together to form one bone in the hip region, and 
four coccygeal bones fused together that form the tailbone. At the front of each vertebra is a block of bone called the vertebral body. 
Vertebrae are stacked on top of each other and enable people to sit and stand upright. Vertebrae in the cervical, thoracic and lumbar 
regions are separated from each other and cushioned by a rubbery soft tissue called the intervertebral disc. Strong muscles and bones, 
flexible tendons and ligaments and sensitive nerves contribute to a healthy spine.  Pain can be caused when any of these structures are 
affected by strain, injury or disease.

The Alphatec Solution

Our principal product offering includes a wide variety of spinal solutions comprised of components such as access systems, 

interbody implants, fixation plates, thoracolumbar and cervico/thoracic screws and rods, best-in-class instruments, and various 
biologics offerings all designed to enhance and promote spinal fusion. Our business is focused on treating conditions from 
degenerative to complex deformity and trauma through a variety of MIS and traditional procedure.

2

The chart below illustrates the principal products in our broad portfolio of spine systems currently available for sale by market 

segment. Certain systems and products are described in greater detail below the chart. 

*     Source: Biomed GPS (SmartTraks), iData, Spine Market, Management estimates
**   New product, currently in limited release
*** New product, limited release expected mid-2017

MIS Products

Battalion Lateral Spacer System and Squadron Lateral Retractor 

The Battalion Lateral Spacer System with the Alphatec Squadron Lateral Retractor provides surgeons with a next-generation 

lateral system with innovative, unique design characteristics including, total blade control technology that allows the surgeon to 
maintain approach aperture throughout the procedure, in-situ blade height adjustment and blade replacement, combined with the 
Battalion Lateral Spacer is available in 0°and 15° lordosis with a variety of width and height options for lumbar and thoracic 
approaches.  Our Battalion lateral spacer system and Squadron lateral retractor received clearance of a FDA 510-(k) premarket 
notification from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, in 2016 and we began a limited market release launch in February 
2017.

XYcor Expandable Spinal Spacer System

The XYcor Expandable Spinal Spacer System provides surgeons with a minimally invasive inspired solution for PLIF and TLIF 

procedures by utilizing a smaller, more compact ALIF sized implant that can accommodate a variety of patient pathologies. The 
system provides nearly five times the amount of bone graft potential compared to standard PLIF and TLIF cages.  Our XYcor system 
received FDA 510-(k) clearance in 2016 and we are preparing for limited market release launch in mid 2017.

3

Illico Minimally Invasive Surgery System

The Illico Minimally Invasive Surgery System is a cannulated pedicle screw system that is designed to be inserted via a 

minimally invasive surgical procedure. Access to the spine is gained through a small incision. The surgeon is then able to see the 
surgical site by using a small canal through which implants are inserted into the patient with a minimum amount of disruption to the 
surrounding tissue. We believe that the Illico Minimally Invasive Surgery System limits trauma to the tissue surrounding the location 
of the surgery, which is designed to enable patients to recover faster.

BridgePoint Spinous Process Fixation System

The BridgePoint system is a spinous process fixation system that was developed to address the disadvantages of traditional 
stabilization devices. The system allows surgeons to fixate the spine using a less invasive approach by attaching a plate to the spinous 
process of the vertebral body during spinal fusion surgery.

Thoracolumbar Fixation Products

Arsenal Degenerative System

Arsenal Degenerative Spinal Fixation System is a comprehensive system for both simple and complex degenerative spinal 
fusion procedures. The Arsenal Degenerative Spinal Fixation System was designed to provide operational efficiency, biomechanical 
strength, and surgical simplicity while providing a complete solution to combat most complex degenerative pathologies. We believe 
the combination of low-profile implants, intuitive instrumentation and proven strength of this system are significant advantages. The 
Arsenal Degenerative System was designed to be the platform for future development in other spinal fusion segments of the market 
including the deformity, MIS and cervico-thoracic segments of the market.

Arsenal Deformity System 

The Arsenal Deformity System expands the Arsenal platform to address complex deformity including adult and adolescent 
diopathic scoliosis, or AIS, spinal deformity pathologies.  The system was thoughtfully designed to provide surgeons with a complete 
solution to address complex deformity procedures.  The system provides surgeons with unique uniplanar screws, which enable easier 
screw positioning and rod placement through a tulip that has 360 degrees of rotation while restricting motion in the medial/lateral 
plane for derotation correction.  Additionally, the system includes a wide variety of low-profile implants providing a better anatomical 
fit and increased ability to address patient pathologies, ergonomically designed instrumentation to improve surgical efficiency and 
comfort during complex surgeries and proven biomechanical strength necessary to achieve a solid fusion.

Arsenal CBx Cortical Bone Fixation System

Arsenal CBx is the first extension to the Arsenal platform.  An alternative to traditional pedicle screw placement, Arsenal CBx 

Cortical Bone Fixation System utilizes a midline approach and cortical bone trajectory to achieve maximum fixation through a less-
invasive procedure. This system leverages the strengths of the Arsenal product platform with the benefits of a minimally disruptive 
procedure to enhance patient outcomes.

Due to the midline approach and inward-outward screw trajectory, soft tissue and muscle exposure requirements are greatly 
reduced compared to the approach for traditional screw trajectory.  Arsenal CBx is a compatible fixation option for both posterior 
lumbar interbody fusion or transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion, or PLIF and TLIF, respectively. Additionally, it can be a unique 
muscle sparing approach to revision surgery.

Zodiac Degenerative Spinal Fixation System

Our Zodiac Degenerative Spinal Fixation System is a comprehensive spinal system that can be used to address both 

degenerative spinal conditions, as well as deformity correction.  The system offers polyaxial pedicle screws, accompanying implants 
and advanced instruments for the stabilization of the thoracolumbar spine, as well as deformity specific instrumentation and implants 
that are designed to enable the surgeon to address patient-specific spinal deformity correction procedures.  

4

Cervical and Cervico-Thoracic Products

Trestle Luxe Anterior Cervical Plate System

Our Trestle Luxe Anterior Cervical Plate System has a large window that enables the surgeon to have improved graft site and 

end plate visualization, which is designed to allow for better placement of the plate. The Trestle Luxe Anterior Cervical Plate System 
also has a low-profile design, which we believe is among the lowest in the spine market. Low-profile cervical plates are intended to 
reduce the irritation of the tissue adjacent to the plate following surgery. Other key features of the Trestle Luxe Anterior Cervical Plate 
include a self-retaining screw-locking mechanism that is designed to ensure quick and easy locking of the plate and a flush profile 
after the screws are inserted.

Solanas Posterior Cervico/Thoracic Fixation System and Avalon Occipital Plate

Our Solanas Posterior Cervico/Thoracic Fixation System consists of rods, polyaxial screws, hooks, and connectors that provide 

a solution for posterior cervico/thoracic fusion procedures. We also designed the Solanas Posterior Cervico/Thoracic System to be 
used in combination with our existing Zodiac Degenerative Spinal Fixation System and our Avalon Occipital Plate, thereby providing 
surgeons with a solution for occipito-cervico-thoracic fixation. The Avalon Occipital Plate has a unique buttress design for optimal 
bone graft placement and superior fusion, including three points of plate rotation and translation, which is designed to ease the 
placement of the plate.

Interbody Systems

Battalion Universal Spacer System

The Battalion Universal Spacer System offers comfort, control and innovative design for surgeons performing PLIF/TLIF 

procedures. The Battalion implants introduce a new alternative to interbody fusion by combining the elasticity and radiolucency of 
polyetheretherketone, or PEEK, with a titanium coating for potential osseointegration.

The implants, which come in both a straight and curved footprint, feature a bulleted nose for easy insertion. The Battalion 

System also features an intuitive and innovative 180-degree locking inserter that assists with protection of neural elements during 
insertion of the implant. To further market potential, the Battalion System features state-of-the-art instrumentation for disc prep, 
access and implantation.

Novel PEEK and Titanium Spinal Spacers

Our family of Novel spinal spacers addresses the surgical need to accommodate varying patient anatomies, surgical approaches 
and composite material options. We offer multiple unique implant designs, each of which is available in numerous shapes and heights. 
Certain of our Novel spinal spacers are made of titanium and others are made of PEEK. 

Alphatec Solus Locking ALIF Spinal Spacer

Our Alphatec Solus locking ALIF spinal spacer, or Alphatec Solus, is a zero-profile PEEK and titanium device offering four 
points of fixation for improved stability. Alphatec Solus features a one-step insertion and deployment feature and is used in ALIF 
procedures. We believe that Alphatec Solus’ locking mechanism is a substantial improvement over similar products currently on the 
market.

Biologics

AlphaGraft Structural Allograft Spacers 

We offer a broad portfolio of allograft spacers available in a wide range of shapes and sizes, each with corresponding 

instrumentation, which are intended for use in the cervical, thoracic, and lumbar regions of the spine. In addition, many of our 
allograft spacers are packaged in our vacuum-infusion packaging system, or VIP System. The VIP System is a packaging and fluid 
delivery system that allows for fast and efficient infusion of the surgeon’s choice of hydration fluid. The VIP System provides rapid 
and uniform hydration, which may reduce the brittleness of the graft and shorten the length of the surgical procedure.

5

AlphaGraft ProFuse Demineralized Bone Scaffold 

Our AlphaGraft ProFuse Demineralized Bone Scaffold consists of a sponge-like demineralized bone matrix that has been pre-
cut into sizes to fit within a spinal spacer. The AlphaGraft ProFuse Demineralized Bone Scaffold provides a natural scaffold derived 
entirely from bone that can be placed into a void within a spinal spacer or on top of a spinal spacer. The sponge-like qualities of the 
scaffold allow a surgeon to compress the scaffold and place it into a small space. Following placement, the scaffold expands for 
maximum contact between the spinal spacer and the endplate of the vertebral body and is designed to promote fusion. The AlphaGraft 
ProFuse Demineralized Bone Scaffold is pre-packaged in our proprietary VIP System. 

Amnioshield Amniotic Tissue Barrier 

Our Amnioshield Amniotic Tissue Barrier is an allograft for spinal surgical barrier applications. The composite amniotic 

membrane reduces inflammation and enhances healing at the surgical site, reduces scar tissue formation and provides an excellent 
dissection plane. 

Alphagraft Demineralized Bone Matrix 

Our Alphagraft Demineralized Bone Matrix consists of demineralized human tissue that is mixed with a bioabsorbable carrier 

and intended for use in surgery for bone grafting.

Neocore Osteoconductive Matrix

Our Neocore Osteoconductive Matrix is designed to provide an effective core environment for bone growth through a synthetic 

scaffold.  When hydrated with patient bone marrow aspirate, or BMA, Neocore becomes a complete bone graft, which possesses all 
the necessary components of bone growth.  Engineered to perform like natural bone, Neocore's composition and porosity provide the 
benefits of rapid revascularization throughout graft and supports replacement of three-dimensional matrix with healthy new bone 
growth. Offering excellent handling characteristics, these pre-formed strips are flexible to conform to adjacent structures, 
compressible, and moldable. 

Research and Development 

Our research and development department seeks to continually improve our core product offering and introduce new products to 

increase our penetration in the U.S. spine market. We are focused on developing technology platforms that span the largest market 
segments addressing degenerative and deformity spine pathologies. We have transformed our development process by focusing our 
resources on two major development programs per year and leveraging integrated teams focused on the key platforms to reduce the 
time frame from product concept to market commercialization. We also collaborate with our surgeon partners to design products to 
enhance the surgeon experience, simplify surgical techniques, and reduce overall costs, while improving patient outcomes. Our 
product development efforts are fully integrated in one facility allowing us to bring products from concept to market rapidly 
responding to surgeon and patient needs. Our resources include a technology advancement cell for rapid prototyping, a cadaveric lab, 
and mechanical testing laboratory.

Sales and Marketing

We market and sell our products through a sales force consisting of exclusive and non-exclusive independent distributors and 
employee direct sales representatives.  We employ a team of regional sales managers who are responsible for overseeing the overall 
sales channel process in their territories. Although surgeons in the U.S. typically make the ultimate decision to use our products, we 
generally bill the hospital for the products that are used and pay commissions to the sales representative or the sales agent based on 
payment received from the hospital. We compensate our direct sales employees and regional sales managers through salaries and 
incentive bonuses based on performance measures.  

In late 2016 we evaluated our sales distribution channel and are currently in the process of making significant changes to drive a 

more dedicated and loyal sales channel.  Moving forward we intend to eliminate our traditional stocking distributors, move our 
existing distributor relationships to more exclusive partnerships and attract new, high-quality distributors to enable future growth.  We 
believe these changes will provide us with significant opportunity for future growth as we secure more exclusive distribution partners 
that can further penetrate existing and new geographic markets.

We evaluate and select our distribution partners and sales employees based on their expertise in selling spinal devices, 

reputation within the surgeon community, geographical coverage and established sales network. 

6

We also employ a national accounts team that is responsible for securing access at hospitals and GPOs, across the U.S. We have 

had strong success with securing access to hospitals and GPOs.  We believe this access is a key differentiator for us and much of our 
current business is achieved through these accounts.  We will continue to focus our efforts and investment on developing and 
maintaining relationships with key GPOs and hospital networks to secure favorable contracts and develop strategies to convert or 
grow business within existing accounts.      

We market our products at various industry conferences, organized surgical training courses, and in industry trade journals and 

periodicals.

Surgeon Training and Education

We focus our surgeon training efforts on delivering critical technical skills needed on the entire spinal fusion procedure through 

a peer-to-peer approach to qualified surgeon customers.  Well-timed surgeon education programs drive customer conversion and 
loyalty through leadership and excellence by focusing on delivering value through improved surgeon outcomes.  We devote 
significant resources to training and education and are committed to a culture of scientific excellence and ethics.

We believe that one of the most effective ways to introduce and build market demand for our products is by training and 

educating spine surgeons, independent distributors, and direct sales representatives in the benefits and use of our products.  Sales 
training programs will be a platform for learning and organizational development, ensuring the sales force is clinically competitive 
and considered an essential resource to all stakeholders.  We focus on cross functional collaboration and alignment to deliver timely 
and relevant programs to meet surgeon and representative needs and positively impact the business.  

Our training and education programs are designed to support new product introductions to the market as well as ongoing 
portfolio advancement.  Our resources are nimble and responsive and include field based engagements to supplement our core 
curriculum.  We believe this is an effective way to increase overall surgeon adoption of our new products.  

We believe that surgeons, independent distributors, and direct sales representatives will become exposed to the merits and 
distinguishing features of our products through our training and education programs, and that such exposure will increase the use and 
promotion of our products. With a focus on the entire procedure, we expect to build awareness of the breadth of our product offering.  
We are conscientious in the pursuit of delivering value to all stakeholders.  Our goal is to provide surgeon education programs coupled 
with a growing and comprehensive sales training platform that create a sustainable competitive advantage for our organization.

Manufacture and Supply

We rely on third-party suppliers for the manufacture of all our implants and instruments. Outsourcing implant manufacturing 
reduces our need for capital investment and reduces operational expense. Additionally, outsourcing provides expertise and capacity 
necessary to scale up or down based on demand for our products.  We select our suppliers to ensure that all of our products are safe, 
effective, adhere to all applicable regulations, are of the highest quality, and meet our supply needs. We employ a rigorous supplier 
assessment, qualification, and selection process targeted to suppliers that meet the requirements of the U.S. Food and Drug 
Administration, or FDA, and International Organization for Standardization, or ISO, and quality standards supported by internal 
policies and procedures. Our quality assurance process monitors and maintains supplier performance through qualification and 
periodic supplier reviews and audits.

The raw materials used in the manufacture of our non-biologic products are principally titanium, titanium alloys, stainless steel, 

cobalt chrome, ceramic, allograft, and PEEK. With the exception of PEEK, none of our raw material requirements is limited to any 
significant extent by critical supply. We are subject to the risk that Invibio, one of a limited number of PEEK suppliers, will fail to 
supply PEEK in adequate amounts and in a timely manner. We believe our supplier relationships and quality processes will support 
our potential capacity needs for the foreseeable future.

With respect to biologics products, we are FDA-registered and licensed in the states of California, New York, and Florida, the 

only states that currently require licenses. Our facility and the facilities of the third-party suppliers we use are subject to periodic 
unannounced inspections by regulatory authorities and may undergo compliance inspections conducted by the FDA and corresponding 
state and foreign agencies. Because our biologics products are processed from human tissue, maintaining a steady supply can 
sometimes be challenging. We have not experienced significant difficulty in locating and obtaining the materials necessary to fulfill 
our production requirements, and we have not experienced a meaningful disruption to sales orders.

7

Divestiture of International Business

On September 1, 2016, we closed a sale of our international distribution operations and agreements to Globus Medical Ireland, 
Ltd., or the Buyer, a subsidiary of Globus Medical, Inc., or Globus, or the Globus Transaction.  Pursuant to the Globus Transaction, 
Globus acquired: (i) all of the stock of our wholly-owned subsidiaries in Japan, Brazil, Australia, China and Singapore; (ii) 
substantially all of the assets of our other sales operations in the United Kingdom and Italy; and (iii) all of the other assets that are 
related to the business of the design, development, marketing, promotion and sale of products for the surgical treatment of spine 
disorders that we market and sell outside of the United States.  The Globus Transaction was completed pursuant to a purchase and sale 
agreement, dated as of July 25, 2016, as amended, or the Purchase and Sale Agreement.  Pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement 
we have agreed to not market and sell spinal implant products outside of the United States for a period beginning after the closing of 
the Globus Transaction and ending two years following the termination of the Supply Agreement defined below. 

Under the terms of the Purchase and Sale Agreement, at the closing of the Globus Transaction the Buyer paid us $80 million in 

cash, subject to a working capital adjustment.  In addition, at the closing of the Globus Transaction we entered into a five-year term 
credit facility agreement, or the Globus Facility Agreement, with Globus, pursuant to which Globus agreed to loan us up to $30 
million. 

In addition, at the closing of the Globus Transaction, we and Globus entered into a product manufacture and supply agreement, 

or the Supply Agreement, pursuant to which, at agreed-upon prices, we agreed to supply to Globus certain of our implants and 
instruments that at the time were being offered for sale by us outside of the United States.  Pursuant to the Supply Agreement, we will 
be responsible for ensuring that all of the products delivered to Globus meet all agreed-upon specifications for such products.  The 
Supply Agreement has an initial term of three years, and Globus has the right to renew the Supply Agreement for two additional 12-
month periods; subject to Globus meeting certain purchase requirements.

Competition

Although we believe that our current broad product portfolio and development pipeline is differentiated and has numerous 
competitive advantages, the spinal implant industry is highly competitive, subject to rapid technological change, and significantly 
affected by new product introductions. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our market include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

improved outcomes for spine pathology procedures;

ease of use, quality and reliability of product portfolio;

effective and efficient sales, marketing and distribution;

quality service and an educated and knowledgeable sales network;

technical leadership and superiority;

surgeon services, such as training and education;

responsiveness to the needs of surgeons;

acceptance by spine surgeons;

product price and qualification for reimbursement; and

speed to market.

Both our currently marketed products and any future products we commercialize are subject to intense competition. We believe 

that our most significant competitors are Medtronic Sofamor Danek, Johnson & Johnson (DePuy/Synthes), Stryker, NuVasive, 
Zimmer, Biomet, Globus, K2M Medical, SeaSpine and others, many of which have substantially greater financial resources than we 
do. In addition, these companies may have more established distribution networks, entrenched relationships with physicians and 
greater experience in developing, launching, marketing, distributing and selling spinal implant products.

Some of our competitors also provide non-operative therapies for spine disorder conditions. While these non-operative 
treatments are considered to be an alternative to surgery, surgery is typically performed in the event that non-operative treatments are 
unsuccessful. We believe that, to date, these non-operative treatments have not caused a material reduction in the demand for surgical 
treatment of spinal disorders.

8

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret and other intellectual property laws, nondisclosure 
agreements, proprietary information ownership agreements and other measures to protect our intellectual property rights. We believe 
that in order to have a competitive advantage, we must develop, maintain and enforce the proprietary aspects of our technologies. We 
require our employees, consultants, co-developers, distributors and advisors to execute agreements governing the ownership of 
proprietary information and use and disclosure of confidential information in connection with their relationship with us. In general, 
these agreements require these individuals and entities to agree to disclose and assign to us all inventions that were conceived on our 
behalf or which relate to our property or business and to keep our confidential information confidential and only use such confidential 
information in connection with our business.

Patents

As of March 14, 2017, we and our affiliates owned, or exclusively owned 111 issued U.S. patents, 72 pending U.S. patent 

applications and 231 issued or pending foreign patents. We own multiple patents relating to unique aspects and improvements for 
several of our products. We do not believe that the expiration of any single patent is likely to significantly affect our intellectual 
property position.

Trademarks

As of March 14, 2017, we and our affiliates owned 72 registered U.S. trademarks and 148 registered trademarks outside of the 

U.S..

Government Regulation

Our products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other U.S. federal and state regulatory bodies and comparable 
authorities in other countries. Our products are subject to regulation under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and 
in the case of our tissue products, also under the Public Health Service Act, or PHSA.  To ensure that our products are safe and 
effective for their intended use, the FDA regulates, among other things, the following activities that we or our partners perform and 
will continue to perform:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

product design and development;

product testing;

non-clinical and clinical research;

product manufacturing;

product labeling;

product storage;

premarket clearance or approval;

advertising and promotion;

product marketing, sales and distribution;

import and export; and

post-market surveillance, including reporting deaths or serious injuries related to products and certain product 
malfunctions.

Government Regulation – Medical Devices

FDA’s Premarket Clearance and Approval Requirements

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we wish to commercially distribute in the United States will require either 

FDA clearance of a premarket notification requesting permission for commercial distribution under Section 510(k) of the Federal 
Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, also referred to as a 510(k) clearance, or approval of a premarket approval application, or 
PMA. The information that must be submitted to the FDA in order to obtain clearance or approval to market a new medical device 
varies depending on how the medical device is classified by the FDA. Under the FDCA medical devices are classified into one of 
three classes —Class I, Class II or Class III—depending on the degree of risk associated with the use of the device and the extent of 
manufacturer and regulatory controls deemed to be necessary by the FDA to reasonably ensure their safety and effectiveness. 

9

Class I devices are those with the lowest risk to the patient for which safety and effectiveness can be reasonably assured by 
adherence to a set of regulations, referred to as General Controls, which require compliance with the applicable portions of the FDA's 
Quality System Regulation, or QSR, facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse events and malfunctions, and 
appropriate, truthful and non-misleading labeling and promotional materials. Some Class I devices also require 510(k) clearance by 
the FDA, though most Class I devices are exempt from the premarket notification requirements.  Class II devices are those that are 
subject to the General Controls, as well as Special Controls, which can include performance standards, product-specific guidance 
documents and postmarket surveillance. Manufacturers of most Class II devices are required to submit to the FDA a premarket 
notification under Section 510(k) of the FDCA.  Class III devices include devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk such as 
life-supporting or life-sustaining devices, or implantable devices, in addition to those deemed not substantially equivalent following 
the 510(k) process. The safety and effectiveness of Class III devices cannot be reasonably assured solely by compliance with the 
General Controls and Special Controls described above. Therefore, these devices must be the subject of an approved PMA.  Both 
510(k)s and PMAs are subject to the payment of user fees at the time of submission for FDA review.

If the FDA determines that the device is not "substantially equivalent" to a predicate device following submission and review of 
a 510(k) premarket notification, or if the manufacturer is unable to identify an appropriate predicate device and the new device or new 
use of the device presents a moderate or low risk, the device sponsor may either pursue a PMA approval or seek reclassification of the 
device through the de novo process. Our current products on the market in the U.S. are Class II devices marketed under FDA 510(k) 
premarket clearance. 

510(k) Clearance Pathway

To obtain 510(k) clearance, we must submit a premarket notification demonstrating that the proposed device is substantially 

equivalent to a device legally marketed in the United States. A predicate device is a legally marketed device that is not subject to 
premarket approval, i.e., a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 (pre-amendments device) and for which a PMA is 
not required, a device that has been reclassified from Class III to Class II or I, or a device that was found substantially equivalent 
through the 510(k) process.  To be "substantially equivalent," the proposed device must have the same intended use as the predicate 
device, and either have the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or have different technological characteristics 
and not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness than the predicate device. Clinical data is sometimes required to support 
substantial equivalence.

The FDA’s goal is to review and act on each 510(k) within 90 days of submission, but the process usually takes from nine to 12 
months, and it may take longer if the FDA requests additional information. Most 510(k)s do not require supporting data from clinical 
trials, but the FDA may request such data.  If the FDA agrees that the device is substantially equivalent, it will grant clearance to 
commercially market the device.

After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that 

would constitute a new or major change in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) clearance or, depending on the modification, 
require premarket approval. The FDA requires each manufacturer to determine whether the proposed change requires the submission 
of a 510(k) or PMA, but the FDA can review any such decision and can disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. If the FDA 
disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or recall the modified 
device until 510(k) clearance or PMA is obtained. If the FDA requires us to seek a new 510(k) clearance or PMA for any 
modifications to a previously cleared product, we may be required to cease marketing or recall the modified device until we obtain this 
clearance or approval. Also, in these circumstances, we may be subject to significant fines or penalties. We have made and plan to 
continue to make enhancements to our products for which we have not submitted 510(k)s or PMAs, and we will consider on a case-
by-case basis whether a new 510(k) or PMA is necessary.

The FDA began to consider proposals to reform its 510(k) marketing clearance process in 2011, and such proposals could 
include increased requirements for clinical data and a longer review period. Specifically, in response to industry and healthcare 
provider concerns regarding the predictability, consistency and rigor of the 510(k) regulatory pathway, the FDA initiated an evaluation 
of the 510(k) program, and as part of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA, Congress 
reauthorized the Medical Device User Fee Amendments with various FDA performance goal commitments and enacted several 
“Medical Device Regulatory Improvements” and miscellaneous reforms, which are further intended to clarify and improve medical 
device regulation both pre- and post-clearance and approval.  Further, in December 2016, the 21st Century Cures Act, or Cures Act, 
was signed into law.  The Cures Act, among other things, is intended to modernize the regulation of devices and spur innovation, but 
its ultimate implementation is unclear.

10

Premarket Approval Pathway

Class III devices require PMA approval before they can be marketed, although some pre-amendment Class III devices for which 
the FDA has not yet required a PMA are cleared through the 510(k) process.  The PMA process is generally more complex, costly and 
time consuming than the 510(k) process. A PMA must be supported by extensive data including, but not limited to, extensive 
technical information regarding device design and development, preclinical and clinical trials, manufacturing and labeling information 
to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use. The PMA application must 
provide valid scientific evidence that demonstrates to the FDA's satisfaction reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the 
device for its intended use.  Following receipt of a PMA, the FDA determines whether the application is sufficiently complete to 
permit a substantive review.  If the FDA accepts the application for review, it has 180 days under the FDCA to complete its review of 
the PMA, although in practice, the FDA’s review often takes significantly longer, and can take up to several years.  During this review 
period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of information already provided, and the FDA may issue a major 
deficiency letter to the applicant, requesting the applicant's response to deficiencies communicated by the FDA. Also during the 
review period, an advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application and 
provide recommendations to the FDA as to the approvability of the device.  The FDA may or may not accept the panel’s 
recommendation.  In addition, the FDA will conduct a preapproval inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with 
quality system regulation, or QSR. The PMA process can be expensive, uncertain and lengthy, and a number of devices for which 
FDA approval has been sought by other companies have never been approved by the FDA for marketing

Clinical Trials

Clinical trials are almost always required to support a PMA and are sometimes required for a 510(k). All clinical investigations 

of investigational devices to determine safety and effectiveness must be conducted in accordance with the FDA’s investigational 
device exemption, or IDE, regulations which govern investigational device labeling, prohibit promotion of the investigational device, 
and specify an array of recordkeeping, reporting and monitoring responsibilities of study sponsors and study investigators.   If the 
device is determined to present a “significant risk” to human health, the manufacturer may not begin a clinical trial until it submits an 
IDE application to the FDA and obtains approval of the IDE from the FDA. The IDE must be supported by appropriate data, such as 
animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically 
sound. In addition, the study must be approved by, and conducted under the oversight of, an Institutional Review Board, or IRB, for 
each clinical site. The IRB is responsible for the initial and continuing review of the IDE, and may pose additional requirements for 
the conduct of the study. If an IDE application is approved by the FDA and one or more IRBs, human clinical trials may begin at a 
specific number of investigational sites with a specific number of patients, as approved by the FDA. If the device presents a non-
significant risk to the patient, a sponsor may begin the clinical trial after obtaining approval for the trial by one or more IRBs without 
separate approval from the FDA, but must still follow abbreviated IDE requirements, such as monitoring the investigation, ensuring 
that the investigators obtain informed consent, and labeling and record-keeping requirements. A clinical trial may be suspended by 
FDA, the sponsor or an IRB at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the risks to the study participants outweigh the 
benefits of participation in the trial. Even if a clinical trial is completed, the results may not demonstrate the safety and efficacy of a 
device to the satisfaction of the FDA, or may be equivocal or otherwise not be sufficient to obtain approval of a device.

Pervasive and Continuing FDA Regulation

After a device is placed on the market, numerous FDA and other regulatory requirements continue to apply. These include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

registration and listing requirements, which require manufacturers to register all manufacturing facilities and list all 
medical devices placed into commercial distribution;

the QSR, which requires manufacturers, including third-party contract manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, 
control, supplier/contractor selection, documentation, record maintenance and other quality assurance controls, during all 
aspects of the manufacturing process and to maintain and investigate complaints;

labeling regulations and unique device identification requirements;

advertising and promotion requirements;

restrictions on sale, distribution or use of a device;

FDA prohibitions against the promotion of products for uncleared or unapproved “off-label” uses;medical device 
reporting obligations, which require that manufacturers submit reports to the FDA of device may have caused or 
contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or 
serious injury if it were to reoccur;;

11

•

•

•

medical device correction and removal reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field 
corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a 
violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health;

device tracking requirements; and

other post-market surveillance requirements, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to provide 
additional safety and effectiveness data for the device.

Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may include any 

of the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

warning letters and untitled letters;

fines, injunctions, consent decrees, and civil penalties;

recalls, withdrawals, administrative detention, or seizure of products;

operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

withdrawals of 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals that have already been granted;

refusal to grant 510(k) clearance or PMA approvals of new products; and/or

criminal prosecution.

Our facilities, records and manufacturing processes are subject to periodic announced and unannounced inspections by the FDA 

to evaluate compliance with applicable regulatory requirements. 

Regulation of Human Cells, Tissues, and Cellular and Tissue-based Products

Certain of our products are regulated as human cells, tissues, and cellular and tissue-based products, or HCT/Ps.  Section 361 of 

the PHSA authorizes the FDA to issue regulations to prevent the introduction, transmission or spread of communicable disease. 
HCT/Ps regulated as “361” HCT/Ps are subject to requirements relating to registering facilities and listing products with the FDA, 
screening and testing for tissue donor eligibility, or Good Tissue Practice, when processing, storing, labeling, and distributing HCT/Ps, 
including required labeling information, stringent record keeping, and adverse event reporting, among other applicable requirements 
and laws. If the HCT/P is minimally manipulated, is intended for homologous use only and meets other requirements, the HCT/P will 
not require 510(k) clearance, PMA approval, a Biologics License Applications, or other premarket authorization from the FDA before 
marketing.

Environmental Matters

Our facilities and operations are subject to extensive federal, state, and local environmental and occupational health and safety 
laws and regulations. These laws and regulations govern, among other things, air emissions; wastewater discharges; the generation, 
storage, handling, use and transportation of hazardous materials; the handling and disposal of hazardous wastes; the cleanup of 
contamination; and the health and safety of our employees. Under such laws and regulations, we are required to obtain permits from 
governmental authorities for some of our operations. If we violate or fail to comply with these laws, regulations or permits, we could 
be fined or otherwise sanctioned by regulators. We could also be held responsible for costs and damages arising from any 
contamination at our past or present facilities or at third-party waste disposal sites. We cannot completely eliminate the risk of 
contamination or injury resulting from hazardous materials, and we may incur material liability as a result of any contamination or 
injury.

Compliance with Certain Applicable Statutes 

We are subject to various federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback laws, false 

claims laws, criminal health care fraud laws, physician payment transparency laws, data privacy and security laws and foreign corrupt 
practice laws. Violations of these laws are punishable by criminal and/or civil sanctions, including, in some instances, fines, 
imprisonment and, within the United States, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, including Medicare, 
Medicaid and Veterans Administration health programs. These laws are administered by, among others, the U.S. Department of 
Justice, the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services and state attorneys general. Many of these 
agencies have increased their enforcement activities with respect to medical device manufacturers in recent years.

12

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute, prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing 

remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing, arranging for or 
recommending a good or service, for which payment may be made in whole or part under federal healthcare programs, such as the 
Medicare and Medicaid programs. The Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are lawful 
in businesses outside of the healthcare industry. For example, the definition of “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include 
anything of value, including, gifts, discounts, the furnishing of supplies or equipment, credit arrangements, payments of cash, waivers 
of payments, ownership interests and providing anything at less than its fair market value. In addition, the Patient Protection and 
Affordable Health Care Act, which, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, and collectively referred to as 
ACA. ACA, among other things, amends the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. A person or entity no longer 
needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, ACA provides that the government may 
assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent 
claim for purposes of the federal False Claims Act.

In implementing the Anti-Kickback Statute, the Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General, or OIG, 
has issued a series of regulations, known as the safe harbors, which began in July 1991. These safe harbors set forth provisions that, in 
circumstances where all the applicable requirements are met, will assure healthcare providers and other parties that they will not be 
prosecuted under the Anti-Kickback Statute. The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more safe 
harbors does not necessarily mean that it is illegal or that prosecution will be pursued. However, conduct and business arrangements 
that do not fully satisfy all requirements of an applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement 
authorities such as the OIG. Penalties for violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute include criminal penalties and civil sanctions such as 
fines, imprisonment and possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs. Many states have anti-
kickback laws that are similar to the federal law, some of which apply to the referral of patients for healthcare items or services 
reimbursed by any source, and may also result in penalties, fines, sanctions for violations, and exclusions from state or commercial 
programs.

We have entered into various agreements with certain surgeons that perform services for us, including some who make clinical 

decisions to use our products. Some of our referring surgeons own our stock, which they received from us as consideration for 
services performed.  From time to time, we review these arrangements to determine whether they are in compliance with applicable 
laws and regulations.  In addition, physician-owned distribution companies, or PODs, have increasingly become involved in the sale 
and distribution of medical devices, including products for the surgical treatment of spine disorders. In many cases, these distribution 
companies enter into arrangements with hospitals that bill Medicare or Medicaid for the furnishing of medical services, and the 
physician-owners are among the physicians who refer patients to the hospitals for surgery. On March 26, 2013 the OIG issued a 
Special Fraud Alert entitled "Physician-Owned Entities", or the Fraud Alert, in which the OIG concluded, among other things, that 
PODs are "inherently suspect under the anti-kickback statute" and that PODs present "substantial fraud and abuse risk and pose 
dangers of patient safety." Since 2013, the OIG has further increased its scrutiny of PODs and the Department of Justice has brought 
several high-profile cases against physician owners. 

The federal False Claims Act prohibits persons from knowingly filing or causing to be filed a false or fraudulent claim to, or the 

knowing use of false statements to obtain payment from, the federal government. Private suits filed under the False Claims Act, 
known as qui tam actions, can be brought by individuals on behalf of the government. These individuals, sometimes known as 
“relators” or, more commonly, as “whistleblowers,” may share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or 
settlement. The number of filings of qui tam actions has increased significantly in recent years, causing more healthcare companies to 
have to defend a False Claim Act action. If an entity is determined to have violated the federal False Claims Act, it may be required to 
pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus civil penalties of between $10,000 to $22,000 for each 
separate false claim and may be subject to exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs. Various states 
have also enacted similar laws modeled after the federal False Claims Act which apply to items and services reimbursed under 
Medicaid and other state programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of the payor.

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, created two new federal crimes: healthcare fraud and false 
statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud 
any healthcare benefit program, including private payors. The ACA changed the intent requirement of the healthcare fraud statute to 
such that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. A violation of this 
statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare 
programs. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or 
making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, 
items or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in similar sanctions.

13

ACA also includes various provisions designed to strengthen significantly fraud and abuse enforcement in addition to those 

changes discussed above. Among these additional provisions include increased funding for enforcement efforts and new “sunshine” 
provisions to require us to report and disclose to the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, any payment or “transfer 
of value” made or distributed to physicians or teaching hospitals. These sunshine provisions also require certain group purchasing 
organizations, including physician-owned distributors, to disclose physician ownership information to CMS. We and other device 
manufacturers are required to collect and annually report specific data on payments and other transfers of value to physicians and 
teaching hospitals. There are various state laws and initiatives that require device manufacturers to disclose to the appropriate 
regulatory agency certain payments or other transfers of value made to physicians, and in certain cases prohibit some forms of these 
payments, with the risk of fines for any violation of such requirements.

HIPAA also includes privacy and security provisions designed to regulate the use and disclosure of “protected health 
information”, or PHI, which is health information that identifies a patient and that is held by a health care provider, a health plan or 
health care clearinghouse. We are not directly regulated by HIPAA, but our ability to access PHI for purposes such as marketing, 
product development, clinical research or other uses is controlled by HIPAA and restrictions placed on health care providers and other 
covered entities. HIPAA was amended in 2009 by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or 
HITECH, which strengthened the rule, increased penalties for violations and added a requirement for the disclosure of breaches to 
affected individuals, the government and in some cases the media. We must carefully structure any transaction involving PHI to avoid 
violation of HIPAA and HITECH requirements.

Almost all states have adopted data security laws protecting personal information including social security numbers, state issued 
identification numbers, credit card or financial account information coupled with individuals’ names or initials. We must comply with 
all applicable state data security laws, even though they vary extensively, and must ensure that any breaches or accidental disclosures 
of personal information are promptly reported to affected individuals and responsible government entities. We must also ensure that 
we maintain compliant, written information security programs or run the risk of civil or even criminal sanctions for non-compliance as 
well as reputational harm for publicly reported breaches or violations.

If any of our operations are found to have violated or be in violation of any of the laws described above and other applicable 
state and federal fraud and abuse laws, we may be subject to penalties, among them being civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, 
exclusion from government healthcare programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.

Third-Party Reimbursement 

In the U.S., healthcare providers generally rely on third-party payors, principally private insurers and governmental payors such 

as Medicare and Medicaid, to cover and pay for all or part of the cost of a spine surgery in which our medical devices are used. We 
expect that sales volumes and prices of our products will depend in large part on the continued availability of reimbursement from 
such third-party payors. These third-party payors may deny reimbursement if they determine that a device used in a procedure was not 
medically necessary in accordance with cost-effective treatment methods, as determined by the third-party payor, or was used for an 
unapproved indication. Particularly in the U.S., third-party payors continue to carefully review, and increasingly challenge, the prices 
charged for procedures and medical products. Medicare coverage and reimbursement policies are developed by CMS, the federal 
agency responsible for administering the Medicare program, and its contractors. CMS establishes these Medicare policies for medical 
products and procedures and such policies are periodically reviewed and updated. While private payors vary in their coverage and 
payment policies, the Medicare program is viewed as a benchmark. Medicare payment rates for the same or similar procedures vary 
due to geographic location, nature of the facility in which the procedure is performed (i.e., teaching or community hospital) and other 
factors. We cannot assure you that government or private third-party payors will cover and provide adequate payment for the 
procedures in which our products are used. ACA and other reform proposals contain significant changes regarding Medicare, 
Medicaid and other third party payors.

Among these changes was the imposition of a 2.3% excise tax on domestic sales of medical devices that went into effect on 
January 1, 2013. This tax has resulted in a significant increase in the tax burden on our industry. In December 2015, the U.S. Congress 
adopted and President Obama signed into law the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2016.  Among other things, this legislation put 
in place a two-year moratorium on the device tax through the end of 2017.  Other elements of the ACA include numerous provisions 
to limit Medicare spending through reductions in various fee schedule payments and by instituting more sweeping payment reforms, 
such as bundled payments for episodes of care, the establishment of “accountable care organizations” under which hospitals and 
physicians will be able to share savings that result from cost control efforts, comparative effectiveness research, value-based 
purchasing, and the establishment of an independent payment advisory board. 

14

We expect that the new Presidential administration and U.S. Congress will seek to modify, repeal, or otherwise invalidate all, or 

certain provisions of, the ACA. Since its enactment, there have also been other judicial and Congressional challenges to certain 
aspects of the ACA. As a result, there have been delays in the implementation of, and action taken to repeal or replace, certain aspects 
of the ACA. In March 2017, the United States House of Representatives introduced legislation known as the American Health Care 
Act, or the AHCA, which, if enacted, would amend or repeal significant portions of the ACA. Among other changes, the AHCA, 
would repeal the medical device tax, eliminate penalties on individuals and employers that fail to maintain or provide minimum 
essential coverage and create refundable tax credits to assist individuals in buying health insurance. The AHCA would also make 
significant changes to Medicaid by, among other things, making Medicaid expansion optional for states, repealing the requirement that 
state Medicaid plans provide the same essential health benefits that are required by plans available on the exchanges, modifying 
federal funding, including implementing a per capita cap on federal payments to states, and changing certain eligibility requirements. 
While it is uncertain when or if the provisions in the AHCA will become law, or the extent to which any such changes may impact our 
business, it is clear that concrete steps are being taken to repeal and replace certain aspects of the ACA.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. These changes include the 
Budget Control Act of 2011, which resulted in reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into 
effect on April 1, 2013 and will stay in effect through 2025 unless additional Congressional action is taken, as well as, the American 
Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers, including 
hospitals and imaging centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers 
from three to five years. An expansion in government’s role in the U.S. healthcare industry may lower reimbursements for procedures 
using our products, reduce medical procedure volumes, and adversely affect our business and results of operations, possibly 
materially.

We believe that the overall escalating cost of medical products and services has led to, and will continue to lead to, increased 
pressures on the healthcare industry to reduce the costs of products and services. We cannot assure you that government or private 
third-party payors will cover and provide adequate payment for the procedures using our products. In addition, it is possible that future 
legislation, regulation, or reimbursement policies of third-party payors will adversely affect the demand for procedures using our 
products or our ability to sell our products on a profitable basis. The unavailability or inadequacy of third-party payor coverage or 
reimbursement could have a significant adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Employees

As of December 31, 2016, we had 162 employees in the U.S., approximately 140 of which were based in our Carlsbad, 
California headquarters, covering all of the following functional areas: sales, customer service, marketing, clinical education, 
advanced manufacturing, quality assurance, regulatory affairs, research and development, human resources, finance, legal, information 
technology and administration. We have never experienced a work stoppage due to labor difficulties and believe that our relations 
with our employees are good. We currently have no employees working under collective bargaining agreements.  On February 1, 
2017, we implemented a workforce reduction, aimed at further aligning our employee count and operating expense with our current 
revenues.  As of March 21, 2017, we have 142 employees, all located within the U.S., of which 119 are based in our Carlsbad, 
California headquarters.

Corporate and Available Information

We are a Delaware corporation. We were incorporated in March 2005. Our principal executive office is located at 5818 El 
Camino Real, Carlsbad, California 92008. Our Internet address is www.alphatecspine.com.  We are not including the information 
contained on our website as a part of, or incorporating it by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our annual reports on 
Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports, are available to you 
free of charge through the Investor Relations section of our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials have been 
electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC.

15

Item 1A.

Risk Factors 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all 

other information contained or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The risks and uncertainties described 
below are not the only ones facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently deem 
immaterial, also may become important factors that affect us. If any of such risks or the risks described below, either alone or taken 
together, occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that case, the 
trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose some or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our business plan relies on certain assumptions pertaining to the market for our products that, if incorrect, may adversely affect 
our growth and profitability.

We allocate our design, development, marketing, management and financial resources based on our business plan, which 
includes assumptions about various demographic trends and trends in the treatment of spine disorders and the resulting demand for our 
products. However, these trends are uncertain. There can be no assurance that our assumptions with respect to an aging population 
with broad medical coverage and longer life expectancy, which we expect to lead to increased spinal injuries and degeneration, are 
accurate. In addition, an increasing awareness and use of non-invasive means for the prevention and treatment of back pain and 
rehabilitation purposes may reduce demand for, or slow the growth of sales of, spine fusion products. A significant shift in 
technologies or methods used in the treatment of back pain or damaged or diseased bone and tissue could adversely affect demand for 
some or all of our products. For example, pharmaceutical advances could result in non-surgical treatments gaining more widespread 
acceptance as a viable alternative to spine fusion. The emergence of new biological or synthetic materials to facilitate regeneration of 
damaged or diseased bone and to repair damaged tissue could increasingly minimize or delay the need for spine fusion surgery and 
provide other biological alternatives to spine fusion. New surgical procedures could diminish demand for some of our products. The 
increased acceptance of emerging technologies that do not require spine fusion, such as artificial discs and nucleus replacement, for 
the surgical treatment of spine disorders would reduce demand for, or slow the growth of sales of, spine fusion products. If our 
assumptions regarding these factors prove to be incorrect or if alternative treatments to those offered by our products gain further 
acceptance, then demand for our products could be significantly less than we anticipate and we may not be able to achieve or sustain 
growth or profitability.

We are in a highly competitive market segment, face competition from large, well-established medical device companies with 
significant resources, and may not be able to compete effectively.

The market for spine fusion products and procedures is intensely competitive, subject to rapid technological change and 

significantly affected by new product introductions and other market activities of industry participants. In 2016, a significant 
percentage of global spine implant product revenues was generated by Medtronic Sofamor Danek, a subsidiary of Medtronic, Inc.; 
Depuy Spine, a subsidiary of Johnson & Johnson; and Stryker Spine. Our competitors also include numerous other publicly-traded and 
privately-held companies such as NuVasive, Zimmer, Biomet, Globus, K2M Medical and SeaSpine.

Several of our competitors enjoy competitive advantages over us, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

more established relationships with spine surgeons;

more established distribution networks;

broader spine surgery product offerings;

stronger intellectual property portfolios;

greater financial and other resources for product research and development, sales and marketing, and patent litigation;

greater experience in, and resources for, launching, marketing, distributing and selling products;

significantly greater name recognition as well as more recognizable trademarks for products similar to the products that 
we sell;

more established relationships with healthcare providers and payors;

products supported by more extensive clinical data; and

greater experience in obtaining and maintaining FDA and other regulatory clearances or approvals for products and 
product enhancements.

16

In addition, at any time our current competitors or other companies may develop alternative treatments, products or procedures 

for the treatment of spine disorders that compete directly or indirectly with our products, including ones that prove to be superior to 
our spine surgery products. For these reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully against our existing or potential 
competitors. Any such failure could lead us to modify our strategy, lower our prices, increase the commissions we pay on sales of our 
products and have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The sale of our international distribution operations and agreements will reduce our revenue, and we may not be successful in 
executing on our business strategy to solely focus on the U.S. marketplace.

Prior to the sale of our International operations in September 2016, our international revenue represented approximately 35% of 

our total revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and year ended December 31, 2015. Following the closing of the Globus 
Transaction, our revenues have been and will continue to be materially reduced as we will no longer be generating the same level of 
revenue from the operations and assets sold in the transaction. There can be no assurance that the proceeds from the Globus 
Transaction will be sufficient for us to grow our U.S. business.  In addition, our future growth will depend on our ability to 
successfully implement our strategy to focus solely on the U.S. marketplace.  If we are unable to successfully execute on this business 
strategy or otherwise compete effectively within the U.S. marketplace, our business, financial condition, results of operations and 
growth prospects would be materially and adversely affected.

We may face indemnity and other liability claims pursuant to the Globus Purchase and Sale Agreement.

Under the purchase and sale agreement for the Globus Transaction, we will indemnify Globus against damages arising from, 

among other things, breaches of our representations, warranties or obligations under the agreement and liabilities not assumed by 
Globus. The indemnification period generally runs for a period of 18 months from the Closing, with longer survival periods for certain 
specified representations and warranties. Our indemnification obligations are subject to a deductible in certain cases of $500,000, and 
our aggregate liability under such indemnification claims is generally limited to $12.0 million, $20.0 million for certain specified 
representations and warranties, and the full purchase price for breaches of certain specified representations and warranties, breaches of 
covenants and certain other matters. If Globus makes an indemnification claim, we may incur liability and/or expenses, which could 
harm our operating results. In addition, such indemnity claims may divert management attention from our continuing business.

A significant percentage of our revenues are derived from the sale of our systems that include polyaxial pedicle screws.

Net sales of our systems that include polyaxial pedicle screws represented approximately 50% of our net sales for 2016 and 

2015. A decline in sales of these systems, due to lower market demand, the introduction by a third party of a competitive product, an 
intellectual property dispute involving these systems, or otherwise, would have a significant adverse impact on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. Some of the technology related to our polyaxial pedicle screw systems is licensed to us. Any 
action that would prevent us from manufacturing, marketing and selling our polyaxial pedicle screw systems would have a significant 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our sales and marketing efforts are largely dependent upon third parties, many of which are free to market products that compete 
with our products.

Many of our independent distributors also market and sell the products of our competitors, and those competitors may have the 
ability to influence the products that our independent distributors choose to market and sell. Our competitors may be able, by offering 
higher commission payments or otherwise, to convince our independent distributors to terminate their relationships with us, carry 
fewer of our products or reduce their sales and marketing efforts for our products.

If pricing pressures cause us to decrease prices for our goods and services and we are unable to compensate for such reductions 
through changes in our product mix or reductions to our expenses, our results of operations will suffer.

We have experienced and may continue to experience decreasing prices for our goods and services we offer due to pricing 
pressure exerted by our customers in response to increased cost containment efforts from managed care organizations and other third-
party payors and increased market power of our customers as the medical device industry consolidates. If we are unable to offset such 
price reductions through changes in our product mix or reductions in our expenses, our business, financial condition, results of 
operations and cash flows will be adversely affected.

17

To be commercially successful, we must convince the spine surgeon community that our products are an attractive alternative to 
our competitors’ products. If the spine surgeon community does not use our products, our sales will decline and we will be unable 
to increase our sales and profits.

In order for us to sell our products, surgeons must be convinced that our products are superior to competing products. 

Acceptance of our products depends on educating the spine surgeon community as to the distinctive characteristics, perceived 
benefits, safety and cost-effectiveness of our products compared to our competitors’ products and on training surgeons in the proper 
application of our products. If we are not successful in convincing the spine surgeon community of the merit of our products, our sales 
will decline and we will be unable to increase or achieve and sustain growth or profitability.

There is a learning process involved for spine surgeons to become proficient in the use of our products. Although most spine 
surgeons may have adequate knowledge on how to use most of our products based on their clinical training and experience, we believe 
that the most effective way to introduce and build market demand for our products is by directly training spine surgeons in the use of 
our products. If surgeons are not properly trained, they may misuse or ineffectively use our products. This may also result in 
unsatisfactory patient outcomes, patient injury, negative publicity or lawsuits against us, any of which could have a significant adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We must retain the current distributors of our products and attract new distributors of our products.

We plan to increase our network of independent distributors. The establishment and development of a broader distribution 
network may be expensive and time consuming. Because of the intense competition for their services, we may be unable to recruit or 
retain additional qualified independent distributors. Often, our competitors enter into distribution agreements with independent 
distributors that require such distributors to exclusively sell the products of our competitors. Further, we may not be able to enter into 
agreements with independent distributors on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Even if we do enter into agreements with 
additional independent distributors, it often takes 90 to 120 days for new distributors to reach full operational effectiveness and such 
distributors may not generate revenue as quickly as we expect them to, commit the necessary resources to effectively market and sell 
our products or ultimately be successful in selling our products. Our business, financial condition and results of operations will be 
materially adversely affected if we do not retain our existing independent distributors and attract new, additional independent 
distributors or if the marketing and sales efforts of our independent distributors and our own direct sales representatives are 
unsuccessful.

We rely on a limited number of third parties to manufacture and supply our products. Any problems experienced by any of these 
manufacturers could result in a delay or interruption in the supply of our products to us until such manufacturer cures the 
problem or until we locate and qualify an alternative source of supply.

We rely on third party suppliers for the manufacture of our implants and instruments. We currently rely on a limited number of 

third party suppliers and any prolonged disruption in the operations of our third party suppliers could have a significant negative 
impact on our ability to supply our products to customers and to perform our obligations under the Supply Agreement with Globus, 
and would cause us to seek additional third-party manufacturing contracts, which may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. 
We may suffer losses as a result of business interruptions that exceed coverage under our manufacturer’s insurance policies. Events 
beyond our control, such as natural disasters, fire, sabotage or business accidents could have a significant negative impact on our 
operations by disrupting our product development and commercialization efforts until such third-party supplier can repair its facility 
or put in place third-party contract manufacturers to assume this manufacturing role, which we may not be able to do on reasonable 
terms, if at all. In addition, if we are required to change manufacturers for any reason, we will be required to verify that the new 
manufacturer maintains facilities and procedures that comply with quality standards and with all applicable regulations and guidelines. 
The delays associated with the verification of a new manufacturer or the re-verification of an existing manufacturer could negatively 
affect our ability to develop products or supply products to customers in a timely manner. Any disruption in the manufacture of our 
products by our third party suppliers could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of 
operations.

We depend on various third-party suppliers, and in one case a single third-party supplier, for key raw materials used in the 
manufacturing processes for our products and the loss of any of these third-party suppliers, or their inability to supply us with 
adequate raw materials, could harm our business.

We use a number of raw materials, including titanium, titanium alloys, stainless steel, PEEK, and human tissue. We rely from 
time to time on a number of suppliers and in one case on a single source vendor, Invibio. We have a supply agreement with Invibio, 
pursuant to which it supplies us with PEEK, a biocompatible plastic that we use in some of our spacers. Invibio is one of a limited 
number of companies approved to distribute PEEK in the U.S. for use in implantable devices. During 2016 and 2015, approximately 
20% of our revenues were derived from products manufactured using PEEK.

18

We depend on a limited number of sources of human tissue for use in our biologics products, and any failure to obtain tissue 
from these sources or to have the tissue processed by these entities for us in a timely manner will interfere with our ability to meet 
demand for our biologics products effectively. The processing of human tissue into biologics products is labor intensive and it is 
therefore difficult to maintain a steady supply stream. In addition, due to seasonal changes in mortality rates, some scarce tissues used 
for our biologics products are at times in particularly short supply. We cannot be certain that our supply of human tissue from our 
current suppliers and our current inventory of biologics products will be available at current levels or will be sufficient to meet our 
needs.

Our dependence on a single third-party PEEK supplier and the challenges we may face in obtaining adequate supplies of 
biologics products involve several risks, including limited control over pricing, availability, quality and delivery schedules. In 
addition, any supply interruption in a limited or sole sourced component or raw material, such as PEEK or human tissue, could 
materially harm the ability of our third party manufacturers to manufacture our products until a new source of supply, if any, could be 
found. We may be unable to find a sufficient alternative supply channel in a reasonable time period or on commercially reasonable 
terms, if at all, which would have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our tissue-based products and related technologies could become subject to significantly greater regulation by the FDA, which 
could disrupt our business.

The FDA regulates human cells, tissues, and cellular and tissue-based products or HCT/Ps, but the extent to which they are 
regulated depends on how they are manufactured and used and whether they meet other criteria for minimal regulation. These criteria 
include but are not limited to the use of the HCT/Ps for homologous use only and minimal manipulation of the HCT/Ps. These 
HCT/Ps are regulated by the FDA solely under Section 361 of the Public Health Service Act and are referred to as “Section 361 
HCT/Ps,” while other HCT/Ps are subject to FDA’s regulatory requirements applicable to medical devices or biologics. Section 361 
HCT/Ps do not require 510(k) clearance, PMA approval, licensure of a biologics license application, or BLA, or other premarket 
authorization from FDA before marketing. We believe our HCT/Ps are regulated solely under Section 361 of the PHSA, and therefore, 
we have not sought or obtained 510(k) clearance, PMA approval, or licensure through a BLA. The FDA could disagree with our 
determination that our tissue-based products are Section 361 HCT/Ps and could determine that these products are biologics requiring a 
BLA or medical devices requiring 510(k) clearance or PMA approval, and could require that we cease marketing such products and/or 
recall them pending appropriate clearance, approval or license from the FDA. If the FDA determines that any of our current or future 
products contain HCT/Ps that do not meet the criteria for regulation as a Section 361 HCT/P, it could subject some of our products to 
additional review and regulatory oversight. If this were to happen, further distribution of the affected products could be interrupted for 
a substantial period of time, which would reduce our revenues and hurt our profitability.

If we or our suppliers fail to comply with the FDA’s quality system and good tissue practice regulations, the manufacture of our 
products could be delayed.

We and our suppliers are required to comply with the FDA’s QSR, which covers, among other things, the methods and 

documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, record keeping, storage 
and shipping of our products. In addition, suppliers and processors of products derived from HCT must comply with the FDA’s 
current good tissue practice requirements, or cGTPs, which govern the methods used in and the facilities and controls used for the 
manufacture of HCT/Ps, record keeping and the establishment of a quality program. The FDA audits compliance with the QSR and 
cGTPs through inspections of manufacturing and other facilities. If we or our suppliers have significant non-compliance issues or if 
any corrective action plan is not sufficient, we or our suppliers could be forced to halt the manufacture of our products until such 
problems are corrected to the FDA’s satisfaction, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and 
results of operations. Further, our products could be subject to recall if the FDA determines, for any reason, that our products are not 
safe or effective. Any recall or FDA requirement demanding that we seek additional approvals or clearances could result in delays, 
costs associated with modification of a product, loss of revenue and potential operating restrictions imposed by the FDA, all of which 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

On July 17, 2015, Alphatec Spine, Inc., our wholly owned subsidiary, received a Warning Letter from the FDA in connection 
with the FDA’s inspection of our manufacturing facilities located in Carlsbad, California that occurred from February 4, 2015 until 
March 13, 2015, or the Inspection. In the Warning Letter, the FDA cited eight deficiencies in our responses to investigator's 
observations on the FDA Form 483, which was issued to us at the end of the Inspection. The deficiencies relate to our internal 
procedures for quality planning, design control, document control and corrective and preventive actions. The Warning Letter does not 
restrict production or shipment of our products from our facilities, or the sale or marketing of our products. On November 16, 2015, 
we responded to the FDA regarding the deficiencies set forth in the Warning Letter.  We believe we have effectively addressed the 
FDA concerns in the Warning Letter, but are awaiting an inspection or other response from the FDA to validate our resolution of such 
deficiencies.  Until the resolution of the deficiencies set forth in the Warning Letter are validated by the FDA, we may be subject to 
additional regulatory action by the FDA, and any such actions could significantly disrupt our ongoing business and operations and 
have a material adverse impact on our financial position and operating results.  There can be no assurance that the FDA will be 
satisfied with our response or proposed resolutions.

19

Healthcare policy changes, including recent federal legislation to reform the U.S. healthcare system, may have a material adverse 
effect on us.

In response to perceived increases in health care costs in recent years, there have been and continue to be proposals by the 
federal government, state governments, regulators and third-party payors to control these costs and, more generally, to reform the U.S. 
healthcare system. Certain of these proposals could limit the prices we are able to charge for our products or the amounts of 
reimbursement available for our products, limit the acceptance and availability of our products, and have a material adverse effect on 
our financial position and results of operations. An expansion in government’s role in the U.S. healthcare industry may lower 
reimbursements for procedures using our products, reduce medical procedure volumes and adversely affect our business and results of 
operations, possibly materially.

The demand for products and the prices at which customers and patients are willing to pay for our products depend upon the 
ability of our customers to obtain adequate third-party coverage and reimbursement for their purchases of our products.

Sales of our products depend in part on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from governmental and private 

payors. In the U.S., healthcare providers that purchase our products generally rely on third-party payors, principally Medicare, 
Medicaid and private health insurance plans, to pay for all or a portion of the costs and fees associated with the use of our products. In 
addition, several million individuals were able to purchase health insurance in 2014 for the first time through health insurance 
"exchanges" established under the ACA. While procedures using our currently marketed products are eligible for reimbursement in 
the U.S., if surgical procedures utilizing our products are performed on an outpatient basis, it is possible that private payors may no 
longer provide reimbursement for the procedures using our products without further supporting data on the procedure. Any delays in 
obtaining, or an inability to obtain, adequate coverage or reimbursement for procedures using our products could significantly affect 
the acceptance of our products and have a significant adverse effect on our business. Additionally, third-party payors continue to 
review their coverage policies carefully for existing and new therapies and can, without notice, deny coverage for treatments that 
include the use of our products. Our business would be negatively impacted if there are any changes that reduce reimbursement for our 
products.

Furthermore, healthcare costs have risen significantly over the past decade. There have been and may continue to be proposals 

by legislators, regulators and third-party payors to contain these costs. Several such proposals were enacted as part of ACA, and 
include numerous provisions to limit Medicare spending through reductions in various fee schedule payments and sweeping payment 
reforms. Other federal and state cost-control measures include prospective payment systems, capitated rates, group purchasing, 
redesign of benefits, requiring pre-authorizations or second opinions prior to major surgery, encouragement of healthier lifestyles and 
exploration of more cost-effective methods of delivering healthcare. Some healthcare providers in the U.S. have adopted or are 
considering a managed care system in which the providers contract to provide comprehensive healthcare for a fixed cost per person. 
Healthcare providers may also attempt to control costs by authorizing fewer elective surgical procedures or by requiring the use of the 
least expensive devices possible. These cost-control methods also potentially limit the amount which healthcare providers may be 
willing to pay for medical devices. In addition, in the U.S., no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for medical technology 
exists among all these payors. Therefore, coverage of and reimbursement for medical technology can differ significantly from payor to 
payor. The continuing efforts of third-party payors, whether governmental or commercial, whether inside or outside the U.S., to 
contain or reduce these costs, combined with closer scrutiny of such costs, could restrict our customers’ ability to obtain adequate 
coverage and reimbursement from these third-party payors. The cost containment measures contained in ACA and other measures 
being considered at the federal and state level, as well as internationally, could harm our business by adversely affecting the demand 
for our products or the price at which we can sell our products.

Consolidation in the healthcare industry could lead to demands for price concessions or to the exclusion of some suppliers from 
certain of our markets, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Because healthcare costs have risen significantly over the past decade, numerous initiatives and reforms initiated by legislators, 

regulators and third-party payors to curb these costs have resulted in a consolidation trend in the healthcare industry to create new 
companies with greater market power, including hospitals. As the healthcare industry consolidates, competition to provide products 
and services to industry participants has become and will continue to become more intense. This in turn has resulted and will likely 
continue to result in greater pricing pressures and the exclusion of certain suppliers from important market segments as group 
purchasing organizations, independent delivery networks and large single accounts continue to use their market power to consolidate 
purchasing decisions for some of our customers. We expect that market demand, government regulation, third-party reimbursement 
policies and societal pressures will continue to change the worldwide healthcare industry, resulting in further business consolidations 
and alliances among our customers, which may reduce competition, exert further downward pressure on the prices of our products and 
may adversely impact our business, financial condition or results of operations.

20

We may be subject to or otherwise affected by federal and state healthcare laws, including fraud and abuse, health information 
privacy and security, and disclosure laws, and could face substantial penalties if we are unable to fully comply with such laws.

Although we do not provide healthcare services, submit claims for third-party reimbursement, or receive payments directly from 

Medicare, Medicaid, or other third-party payors for our products or the procedures in which our products are used, healthcare 
regulation by federal and state governments significantly impacts our business. Healthcare fraud and abuse, health information privacy 
and security, and disclosure laws potentially applicable to our operations include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, as well as state analogs, which constrains our marketing practices and those of our 
independent sales agents and distributors, educational programs, pricing policies, and relationships with healthcare 
providers by prohibiting, among other things, knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or providing 
remuneration, intended to induce the purchase or recommendation of an item or service reimbursable under a federal (or 
state or commercial) healthcare program (such as the Medicare or Medicaid programs);

the federal ban, as well as state analogs, on physician self-referrals, which prohibits, subject to certain exceptions, 
physician referrals of Medicare and Medicaid patients to an entity providing certain “designated health services” if the 
physician or an immediate family member of the physician has any financial relationship with the entity;

federal false claims laws which prohibit, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for 
payment from Medicare, Medicaid, or other third-party payors that are false or fraudulent;

HIPAA, and its implementing regulations, which created federal criminal laws that prohibit executing a scheme to defraud 
any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

the state and federal laws “sunshine” provisions that require detailed reporting and disclosures to CMS and applicable 
states of any payments or “transfer of value” made or distributed to prescribers and other health care providers, and for 
certain states prohibit some forms of these payments, require the adoption of marketing codes of conduct, require the 
reporting of marketing expenditures and pricing information and constrain relationships with physicians and other referral 
sources;

state laws analogous to each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws that may apply to 
items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers, and state laws governing the 
privacy of certain health information, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not 
preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts;

the Administrative Simplification provisions of HIPAA, specifically, privacy and security provisions including recent 
amendments under HITECH which impose stringent restrictions on uses and disclosures of protected health information such as 
for marketing or clinical research purposes and impose significant civil and criminal penalties for non-compliance and require 
the reporting of breaches to affected individuals, the government and in some cases the media in the event of a violation; and

a variety of state-imposed privacy and data security laws which require the protection of information beyond health 
information, such as employee information or any class of information combining name with state issued identification 
numbers, social security numbers, credit card, bank or other financial information and which require reporting to state 
officials in the event of breach or violation and which impose both civil and criminal penalties.

ACA includes various provisions designed to strengthen significantly fraud and abuse enforcement, such as increased funding 
for enforcement efforts and the lowering of the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and criminal healthcare fraud 
statute such that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of these statutes or specific intent to violate them.

If our past or present operations, or those of our independent sales agents and distributors are found to be in violation of any of 

such laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal 
penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from federal healthcare programs and/or the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. 
Similarly, if the healthcare providers, sales agents, distributors or other entities with which we do business are found to be non-
compliant with applicable laws, they may be subject to sanctions, which could also have a negative impact on us. Any penalties, 
damages, fines, curtailment or restructuring of our operations could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our 
financial results. The risk of our being found in violation of these laws is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully 
interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the Courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. Any action against 
us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against them, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and 
divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business.

21

The sales and marketing practices of our industry have been the subject of increased scrutiny from federal and state government 

agencies, and we believe that this trend will continue. For example, on March 26, 2013 the OIG issued a Special Fraud Alert entitled 
"Physician-Owned Entities" related to physician-owned distributors, or PODS. Since 2013, the OIG has further increased its scrutiny 
of PODs and the Department of Justice has brought several high profile cases against physician owners. Prosecutorial scrutiny and 
governmental oversight over some major device companies regarding the retention of healthcare professionals as consultants has 
affected and may continue to affect the manner in which medical device companies may retain healthcare professionals as consultants. 
Any precautions we take to detect and prevent noncompliance with applicable laws may not be effective in controlling unknown or 
unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to 
comply with these laws or regulations. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against them, 
could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business.

If we fail to obtain, or experience significant delays in obtaining, FDA clearances or approvals for our future products or 
modifications to our products, our ability to commercially distribute and market our products could suffer.

Our medical devices are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and numerous other federal, state and foreign governmental 
authorities. The process of obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals to market a medical device, particularly from the FDA, can be 
costly and time consuming, and there can be no assurance that such clearances or approvals will be granted on a timely basis, if at all. 
In particular, the FDA permits commercial distribution of most new medical devices only after the devices have received clearance 
under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or 510(k), or are the subject of an approved premarket approval 
application, or a PMA. The 510(k) process generally takes three to nine months, but can take significantly longer, especially if the 
FDA requires a clinical trial to support the 510(k) application.  Currently, we do not know whether the FDA will require clinical data 
in support of any 510(k)s that we intend to submit for other products in our pipeline. In addition, the FDA continues to re-examine its 
510(k) clearance process for medical devices and published several draft guidance documents that could change that process. Any 
changes that make the process more restrictive could increase the time it takes for us to obtain clearances or could make the 510(k) 
process unavailable for certain of our products. A PMA must be submitted to the FDA if the device cannot be cleared through the 
510(k) process or is not exempt from premarket review by the FDA. A PMA must be supported by extensive data, including results of 
preclinical studies and clinical trials, manufacturing and control data and proposed labeling, to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction 
the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use. The PMA process is more costly and uncertain than the 510(k) clearance 
process, and generally takes between one and three years, if not longer. In addition, any modification to a 510(k)-cleared device that 
could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, design or manufacture, 
requires a new 510(k) clearance or, possibly, a PMA.

Modifications to products that are approved through a PMA application generally need FDA approval. Similarly, some 
modifications made to products cleared through a 510(k) may require a new 510(k).  Our commercial distribution and marketing of 
any products or product modifications that we develop will be delayed until regulatory clearance or approval is obtained. In addition, 
because we cannot assure you that any new products or any product modifications we develop will be subject to the shorter 510(k) 
clearance process, the regulatory approval process for our new products or product modifications may take significantly longer than 
anticipated. There is no assurance that the FDA will not require a new product or product modification to go through the lengthy and 
expensive PMA approval process. The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including:

•

•

•

•

our inability to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or the applicable regulatory entity or notified body that our 
products are safe or effective for their intended uses; 

the disagreement of the FDA or the applicable foreign regulatory body with the design or implementation of our clinical 
trials or the interpretation of data from pre-clinical studies or clinical trials; 

serious and unexpected adverse device effects experienced by participants in our clinical trials; 

the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance or approval, where 
required; 

22

•

•

•

our inability to demonstrate that the clinical and other benefits of the device outweigh the risks; 

the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements; or 

the potential for approval policies or regulations of the FDA or applicable foreign regulatory bodies to change 
significantly in a manner rendering our clinical data or regulatory filings insufficient for clearance or approval.

Delays in obtaining regulatory clearances and approvals may:

•

•

•

•

delay or prevent commercialization of products we develop;

require us to perform costly tests or studies;

diminish any competitive advantages that we might otherwise have obtained; and

reduce our ability to collect revenues.

To date, all of our non-biologic medical device products that have required FDA review that are being sold in the U.S. have 
been cleared through the 510(k) process without any required clinical trials. However, the FDA may require clinical data in support of 
any future 510(k)s or PMAs that we intend to submit for products in our pipeline. We have limited experience in performing clinical 
trials that might be required for a 510(k) clearance or PMA approval. If any of our products require clinical trials, the 
commercialization of such products could be delayed which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition 
and results of operations.

The safety of our products is not yet supported by long-term clinical data and may therefore prove to be less safe and effective than 
initially thought.

We obtained clearance to offer all of our current non-biologic medical device products through the 510(k) route. The ability to 
obtain a 510(k) clearance is generally based on the FDA’s agreement that a new product is substantially equivalent to certain already 
marketed products. Because most 510(k)-cleared products were not the subject of pre-market clinical trials, surgeons may be slow to 
adopt our 510(k)-cleared products, we may not have the comparative data that our competitors have or are generating, and we may be 
subject to greater regulatory and product liability risks. With the passage of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, 
funds have been appropriated for the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services’ Healthcare Research and Quality to conduct 
comparative effectiveness research to determine the effectiveness of different drugs, medical devices, and procedures in treating 
certain conditions and diseases. Some of our products or procedures performed with our products could become the subject of such 
research. It is unknown what effect, if any, this research may have on our business. Further, future research or experience may indicate 
that treatment with our products does not improve patient outcomes or improves patient outcomes less than we initially expect. Such 
results would reduce demand for our products and this could cause us to withdraw our products from the market. Moreover, if future 
research or experience indicate that our products cause unexpected or serious complications or other unforeseen negative effects, we 
could be subject to significant legal liability, significant negative publicity, damage to our reputation and a dramatic reduction in sales 
of our products, all of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to comply with post-marketing regulatory requirements could subject us to enforcement actions, including substantial 
penalties, and might require us to recall or withdraw a product from the market. 

Once a medical device is cleared or approved, a manufacturer must notify the FDA of any modifications to the device. Any 

modification to a device that has received FDA clearance that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would 
constitute a major change in its intended use, design or manufacture, requires premarket clearance or possibly approval of a PMA. The 
FDA requires every manufacturer to make the determination in the first instance regarding whether a modification to a cleared or 
approved device necessitates the filing of a new 510(k) notification or PMA supplement. The FDA may review any manufacturer's 
decision and can disagree. If the FDA disagrees with any future determination by us that a new clearance or approval is not required, 
we may need to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until and unless we obtain clearance or approval. In addition, we 
could also be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. Any of these outcomes would harm our business. 

23

The regulations to which we are subject are complex and have become more stringent over time. Regulatory changes could 
result in restrictions on our ability to continue or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs, or lower than anticipated sales. 
Even after we have obtained the proper regulatory clearance or approval to market a product, we have ongoing responsibilities under 
FDA regulations and applicable foreign laws and regulations. The FDA’s and other regulatory authorities’ policies may change and 
additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. For 
example, in December 2016, the 21st Century Cures Act, or Cures Act, was signed into law.  The Cures Act, among other things, is 
intended to modernize the regulation of devices and spur innovation, but its ultimate implementation is unclear. The FDA, state and 
foreign regulatory authorities have broad enforcement powers. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or 
the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may be subject to 
enforcement action by the FDA, state or foreign regulatory authorities, which may include any of the following sanctions: 

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

untitled letters or warning letters; 

fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties; 

recalls, termination of distribution, administrative detention, or seizure of our products; 

customer notifications or repair, replacement or refunds; 

operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production; 

delays in or refusal to grant our requests for future 510(k) clearances, PMA approvals or foreign regulatory approvals of 
new products, new intended uses, or modifications to existing products;  

withdrawals or suspensions of current 510(k) clearances or PMAs or foreign regulatory approvals, resulting in 
prohibitions on sales of our products; 

FDA refusal to issue certificates to foreign governments needed to export products for sale in other countries; and/ or 

criminal prosecution. 

Any of these sanctions could result in higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales and have a material adverse 

effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition. 

We also cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or 
administrative or executive action, either in the United States or abroad.  For example, certain policies of the new Presidential 
administration may impact our business and industry.  Namely, the new Presidential administration has taken several executive 
actions, including the issuance of a number of Executive Orders, that could impose significant burdens on, or otherwise materially 
delay, FDA’s ability to engage in routine regulatory and oversight activities such as implementing statutes through rulemaking, 
issuance of guidance, and review and approval of marketing applications.  Notably, on January 23, 2017, the new Presidential 
administration ordered a hiring freeze for all executive departments and agencies, including the FDA, which prohibits the FDA from 
filling employee vacancies or creating new positions.  Under the terms of the order, the freeze will remain in effect until 
implementation of a plan to be recommended by the Director for the Office of Management and Budget, or OMB, in consultation with 
the Director of the Office of Personnel Management, to reduce the size of the federal workforce through attrition. An under-staffed 
FDA could result in delays in FDA’s responsiveness or in its ability to review submissions or applications, issue regulations or 
guidance, or implement or enforce regulatory requirements in a timely fashion or at all.  Moreover, on January 30, 2017, the new 
Presidential administration issued an Executive Order, applicable to all executive agencies, including the FDA, that requires that for 
each notice of proposed rulemaking or final regulation to be issued in fiscal year 2017, the agency shall identify at least two existing 
regulations to be repealed, unless prohibited by law.  These requirements are referred to as the “two-for-one” provisions. This 
Executive Order includes a budget neutrality provision that requires the total incremental cost of all new regulations in the 2017 fiscal 
year, including repealed regulations, to be no greater than zero, except in limited circumstances.  For fiscal years 2018 and beyond, the 
Executive Order requires agencies to identify regulations to offset any incremental cost of a new regulation and approximate the total 
costs or savings associated with each new regulation or repealed regulation.  In interim guidance issued by the Office of Information 
and Regulatory Affairs within OMB on February 2, 2017, the administration indicates that the “two-for-one” provisions may apply not 
only to agency regulations, but also to significant agency guidance documents.  In addition, on February 24, 2017, the new 
Presidential administration issued an executive order directing each affected agency to designate an agency official as  a “Regulatory 
Reform Officer” and establish  a “Regulatory Reform Task Force” to implement the two-for-one provisions and other previously 
issued executive orders relating to the review of federal regulations, however it is difficult to predict how these requirements will be 
implemented, and the extent to which they will impact the FDA’s ability to exercise its regulatory authority.  If these executive actions 
impose constraints on FDA’s ability to engage in oversight and implementation activities in the normal course, our business may be 
negatively impacted.

24

If we choose to acquire new and complementary businesses, products or technologies, we may be unable to complete these 
acquisitions or successfully integrate them in a cost-effective and non-disruptive manner.

Our success depends in part on our ability to continually enhance and broaden our product offering in response to changing 
customer demands, competitive pressures and technologies and our ability to increase our market share. Accordingly, we have pursued 
and intend to pursue the acquisition of complementary businesses, products or technologies instead of developing them ourselves. We 
do not know if we will be able to successfully complete any acquisitions, or whether we will be able to successfully integrate any 
acquired business, product or technology into our business or retain any key personnel, suppliers or distributors. Our ability to 
successfully grow through acquisitions depends upon our ability to identify, negotiate, complete and integrate suitable acquisitions and 
to obtain any necessary financing. These efforts could be expensive and time consuming, disrupt our ongoing business and distract 
management. If we are unable to integrate any future or recently acquired businesses, products or technologies effectively, our 
business, financial condition and results of operations will be materially adversely affected. For example, an acquisition could 
materially impair our operating results by causing us to incur debt or requiring us to amortize significant amounts of expenses, 
including non-cash acquisition costs, and acquired assets.

We may not be able to timely develop new products or product enhancements that will be accepted by the market.

We sell our products in a market that is characterized by technological change, product innovation, evolving industry standards, 

competing patent claims, patent litigation and intense competition. Our success will depend in part on our ability to develop and 
introduce new products and enhancements or modifications to our existing products, which we will need to do before our competitors 
do so and in a manner that does not infringe issued patents of third parties from which we do not have a license. We cannot assure you 
that we will be able to successfully develop or market new, improved or modified products, or that any of our future products will be 
accepted by even the surgeons who use our current products. Our competitors’ product development capabilities could be more 
effective than our capabilities, and their new products may get to market before our products. In addition, the products of our 
competitors may be more effective or less expensive than our products. The introduction of new products by our competitors may lead 
us to have price reductions, reduced margins or loss of market share and may render our products obsolete or noncompetitive. The 
success of any of our new product offerings or enhancement or modification to our existing products will depend on several factors, 
including our ability to:

•

•

•

•

•

•

properly identify and anticipate surgeon and patient needs;

develop new products or enhancements in a timely manner;

obtain the necessary regulatory approvals for new products or product enhancements;

provide adequate training to potential users of new products;

receive adequate reimbursement approval of third-party payors such as Medicaid, Medicare and private insurers; and

develop an effective marketing and distribution network.

Developing products in a timely manner can be difficult, in particular because product designs change rapidly to adjust to third-

party patent constraints and to market preferences. As a result, we may experience delays in our product launches which 
may significantly impede our ability to enter or compete in a given market and may reduce the sales that we are able to generate from 
these products. We may experience delays in any phase of a product launch, including during research and development, clinical 
trials, manufacturing, marketing and the surgeon training process. In addition, our suppliers of products or components can suffer 
similar delays, which could cause delays in our product introductions. If we do not develop new products or product enhancements in 
time to meet market demand or if there is insufficient demand for these new products or enhancements, it could have a significant 
adverse effect on our business financial condition and results of operations.

We are dependent on our senior management team, sales and marketing team, engineering team and key surgeon advisors, and 
the loss of any of them could harm our business.

Our continued success depends in part upon the continued availability and contributions of our senior management, sales and 

marketing team and engineering team and the continued participation of our key surgeon advisors. While we have entered into 
employment agreements with all members of our senior management team, none of these agreements guarantees the services of the 
individual for a specified period of time. We would be adversely affected if we fail to adequately prepare for future turnover of our 
senior management team. Our ability to grow or at least maintain our sales levels depends in large part on our ability to attract and 
retain sales and marketing personnel and for these sales people to maintain their relationships with surgeons directly and through our 
distributors. We rely on our engineering team to research, design and develop potential products for our product pipeline. We also rely 
on our surgeon advisors to advise us on our products, our product pipeline, long-term scientific planning, research and development 
and industry trends. We compete for personnel and advisors with other companies and other organizations, many of which are larger 
and have greater name recognition and financial and other resources than we do. We recently implemented numerous changes in our 

25

management team, including in the roles of Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President, People & 
Culture, and General Counsel, which could have an adverse effect on our retention of our employees, advisors and distributors.  
Changes to our senior management team, sales and marketing team, engineering team and key surgeon advisors, or our inability to 
attract or retain other qualified personnel or advisors, could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial conditions and 
results of operations.

Compliance with laws and regulations and standards for accounting, corporate governance and public disclosure is time 
consuming and results in significant expenses.

Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley 

Act of 2002,  The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, other SEC regulations, NASDAQ Stock Market 
listing rules, and new accounting pronouncements create uncertainty and additional complexities for companies such as ours.  Our 
management and other personnel need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives.  Moreover these rules 
and regulations increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time consuming and costly.   

If we fail to maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial reporting, we could be unable to provide timely and 
accurate financial information and therefore be subject to delisting from The NASDAQ Global Select Market, an investigation by the 
SEC, and civil or criminal sanctions. Additionally, ineffective internal control over financial reporting would place us at increased risk 
of fraud or misuse of corporate assets and could cause our stockholders, lenders, suppliers and others to lose confidence in the 
accuracy or completeness of our financial reports.  This, in turn could adversely affect our ability to access the capital markets.

Security breaches, loss of data and other disruptions could compromise sensitive information related to our business, prevent us 
from accessing critical information or expose us to liability, which could adversely affect our business and our reputation.

In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store sensitive data, including legally protected patient health information, 

credit card information, personally identifiable information about our employees, intellectual property, and proprietary business 
information. We manage and maintain our applications and data utilizing on-site systems. These applications and data encompass a 
wide variety of business critical information including research and development information, commercial information and business 
and financial information.

The secure processing, storage, maintenance and transmission of this critical information is vital to our operations and business 

strategy, and we devote significant resources to protecting such information. Although we take measures to protect sensitive 
information from unauthorized access or disclosure, our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by 
hackers, viruses, breaches or interruptions due to employee error or malfeasance, terrorist attacks, earthquakes, fire, flood, other 
natural disasters, power loss, computer systems failure, data network failure, Internet failure, or lapses in compliance with privacy and 
security mandates. Any such attack, virus, breach or interruption could compromise our networks and the information stored there 
could be accessed by unauthorized parties, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. We have measures in place that are designed to detect and 
respond to such security incidents and breaches of privacy and security mandates. Any such access, disclosure or other loss of 
information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, such as 
HIPAA, government enforcement actions and regulatory penalties. Unauthorized access, loss or dissemination could also interrupt our 
operations, including our ability to bill our customers, provide customer support services, conduct research and development activities, 
process and prepare company financial information, manage various general and administrative aspects of our business and damage 
our reputation, any of which could adversely affect our business.

Nearly all of our operations are currently conducted in locations that may be at risk of damage from fire, earthquakes or other 
natural disasters.

We currently conduct nearly all of our development and management activities in Carlsbad, California near known wildfire 
areas and earthquake fault zones. We have taken precautions to safeguard our facilities, including obtaining property and casualty 
insurance, and implementing health and safety protocols. We have developed an information technology disaster recovery plan. 
However, any future natural disaster, such as a fire or an earthquake, could cause substantial delays in our operations, damage or 
destroy our equipment or inventory and cause us to incur additional expenses. A disaster could seriously harm our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. Our facilities would be difficult to replace and would require substantial lead time to repair or 
replace. The insurance we maintain against earthquakes, fires, and other natural disasters would not be adequate to cover a total loss of 
our facilities, may not be adequate to cover our losses in any particular case and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable 
terms, or at all.

26

Alphatec Holdings is a holding company with no operations, and unless it receives dividends or other payments from its 
subsidiaries, it will be unable to fulfill its cash obligations.

As a holding company with no business operations, Alphatec Holdings’ material assets consist only of the common stock of its 

subsidiaries, including Alphatec Spine and Scient’x, dividends and other payments received from time to time from its subsidiaries, 
and the proceeds raised from the sale of debt and equity securities. Alphatec Holdings’ subsidiaries are legally distinct from Alphatec 
Holdings and have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to make funds available to Alphatec Holdings. Alphatec Holdings will have 
to rely upon dividends and other payments from its subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to fulfill its cash obligations. Alphatec 
Holdings may not be able to access cash generated by its subsidiaries in order to fulfill cash commitments. The ability of Alphatec 
Spine to make dividend and other payments to Alphatec Holdings is subject to the availability of funds after taking into account its 
subsidiaries’ funding requirements, the terms of its subsidiaries’ indebtedness and applicable state laws.

If we fail to properly manage our anticipated growth, our business could suffer.

We will continue to pursue growth in the number of surgeons using our products, the types of products we offer and the 
geographic regions where our products are sold. Such anticipated growth has placed and will continue to place significant demands on 
our managerial, operational and financial resources and systems. Future growth would impose significant added responsibilities on 
members of management, including the need to identify, recruit, maintain, motivate and integrate additional personnel. Also, our 
management may need to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from our day-to-day activities and devote a 
substantial amount of time to managing these anticipated growth activities. We are currently focused on increasing the size and 
effectiveness of our sales force and distribution network, marketing activities, research and development efforts, inventory 
management systems, management team and corporate infrastructure. If we do not manage our anticipated growth effectively, the 
quality of our products, our relationships with physicians, distributors and hospitals, and our reputation could suffer, which would 
have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We must attract and retain qualified 
personnel and third-party distributors and manage and train them effectively. Personnel qualified in the design, development, 
production and marketing of our products are difficult to find and hire, and enhancements of information technology systems to 
support our growth are difficult to implement. We will also need to carefully monitor and manage our surgeon services, our third-party 
manufacturing resources, quality assurance and efficiency, and the quality assurance and efficiency of our suppliers and distributors. 
This managing, training and monitoring will require allocation of valuable management resources and significant expense. If our 
management is unable to effectively manage our expected growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, our ability to 
generate and/or grow revenues could be reduced and we may not be able to implement our business strategy.

Our announced workforce reduction may cause undesirable consequences and our results of operations may be harmed.

Since September 2016, we have reduced our workforce by approximately 30%. This workforce reduction may yield unintended 

consequences, such as attrition beyond our intended reduction in workforce and reduced employee morale, which may cause our 
employees who were not affected by the reduction in workforce to seek alternate employment. Additional attrition could impede our 
ability to meet our operational goals, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial performance. In addition, as a result 
of the reductions in our workforce, we may face an increased risk of employment litigation. Furthermore, employees whose positions 
will be eliminated in connection with these trends may seek future employment with our competitors. Although all our employees are 
required to sign a confidentiality agreement with us at the time of hire, we cannot assure you that the confidential nature of our 
proprietary information will be maintained in the course of such future employment. We cannot assure you that we will not undertake 
additional reduction activities, that any of our efforts will be successful, or that we will be able to realize the cost savings and other 
anticipated benefits from our previous or any future reduction plans. In addition, if we continue to reduce our workforce, it may 
adversely impact our ability to respond rapidly to any new product, growth or revenue opportunities.

Risks Related to Our Financial Results, Credit and Certain Financial Obligations and Need for Financing

We may need to raise additional funds in the future and such funds may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

At December 31, 2016, our principal sources of liquidity consisted of cash of $19.6 million and accounts receivable, net of 

$18.5 million.  Together with the proceeds of our approximately $18.9 million private placement in March 2017, we currently 
estimate this will provide sufficient capital to fund our operations through at least the next 12 months.

We may seek additional funds from public and private equity or debt financings, borrowings under new debt facilities or other 

sources to fund our projected operating requirements. Our capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

•

•

•

the payments due in connection with the settlement of the Orthotec matter;

the revenues generated by sales of our products;

the costs associated with expanding our sales and marketing efforts;

27

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the expenses that we incur from the manufacture of our products by third parties and that we incur from selling our 
products;

the costs of developing new products or technologies;

the cost of obtaining and maintaining FDA or other regulatory approval or clearance for our products and products in 
development;

the cost of filing and prosecuting patent applications and defending and enforcing our patent and other intellectual 
property rights; 

the number and timing of acquisitions and other strategic transactions;

the costs and any payments we may make related to our pending litigation matters;

the costs associated with increased capital expenditures; and

the costs associated with our employee retention programs and related benefits.

As a result of these factors, we may need to raise additional funds and such funds may not be available on favorable terms, if at 

all. However, under the securities purchase agreement we entered into in March 2017 in connection with our private placement of 
common stock, Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase common stock, or the March 2017 private placement, 
we are prohibited from issuing or entering into any agreement to issue any shares of our common stock or other securities, subject to 
certain permitted exceptions, until the later of (a) 90 days after the effective date of the resale registration statement we are required to 
file registering the resale of the shares of common stock issued or issuable in the private placement or (b) the date of stockholder 
approval of the March 2017 private placement.  In addition, rules and regulations of the SEC may restrict our ability to conduct certain 
types of financing activities, or may affect the timing of and the amounts we can raise by undertaking such activities. For example, 
under current SEC regulations, at any time during which the aggregate market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates, or 
our public float, is less than $75 million, the amount that we can raise through primary public offerings of securities in any twelve-
month period using one or more registration statements on Form S-3 will be limited to an aggregate of one-third of our public float. As 
of March 29, 2017, our public float was $26 million.  

In addition, upon the effectiveness of the resale registration statement we are required to file as part of the March 2017 private 

placement, all of the 1,809,628 shares of common stock, 7,622,372 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of an 
aggregate of approximately 15,245 shares of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and 9,432,000 shares of common stock issuable 
upon exercise of warrants issued in the March 2017 private placement will become available for resale to the public, which will result 
in dilution to our existing stockholders.  In addition, if we fail to meet the specified filing deadlines for such resale registration 
statement or maintain its effectiveness or do not comply with the current public information requirements to allow resales of the shares 
pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act,  in each case subject to certain permitted exceptions, we may be required to pay 
liquidated damages to the purchasers in the private placement, in amount of 1.5% of the original subscription amount per month, 
subject to an aggregate maximum of 12% per calendar year in the case of the effectiveness of the resale registration statement.

Furthermore, if we issue additional equity or debt securities to raise additional funds, our existing stockholders may experience 
dilution and the new equity or debt securities may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our existing stockholders. 
In addition, if we raise additional funds through collaboration, licensing or other similar arrangements, it may be necessary to 
relinquish valuable rights to our potential products or proprietary technologies, or to grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to 
us. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, we may not be able to repay debt or other liabilities, develop or enhance our 
products, execute our business plan, take advantage of future opportunities, or respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated 
customer requirements. Any of these events could adversely affect our ability to achieve our development and commercialization 
goals and have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we default on our obligations to make settlement payments to Orthotec LLC, the amounts due under the settlement agreements 
accelerate and become due and payable.

Any default of our payment obligation under the settlement agreements we entered into with Orthotec LLC, or Orthotec, would 
give Orthotec the right to declare all of the future payments to be immediately payable. As of March 17, 2017, the outstanding amount 
to be paid to Orthotec through January 2024 is $30.4 million. If acceleration of payments occurs, our business, financial condition and 
results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

28

We have a history of net losses, we expect to continue to incur net losses in the near future, and we may not achieve or maintain 
profitability.

We have typically incurred net losses from our continuing operations since our inception. As of December 31, 2016, we had an 

accumulated deficit of $457.2 million. We have incurred significant net losses since inception and have relied on our ability to fund 
our operations through revenues from the sale of our products, equity financings and debt financings. As we have incurred losses, 
successful transition to profitability is dependent upon achieving a level of revenues adequate to support our cost structure. This may 
not occur and, unless and until it does, we will continue to need to raise additional capital.  We may seek additional funds from public 
and private equity or debt financings, borrowings under new debt facilities or other sources to fund our projected operating 
requirements.  However, there is no guarantee that we will be able to obtain further financing, or do so on reasonable terms. If we are 
unable to raise additional funds on a timely basis, or at all, we would be materially adversely affected. 

We may be unable to comply with the covenants of our credit facilities.

We must comply with certain affirmative and negative covenants, including financial covenants, in our Amended Credit Facility 

and affirmative and negative covenants under the Globus Facility Agreement. We failed to comply with the fixed charge coverage 
ratio for January and June 2016, the fixed charge coverage ratio, senior leverage ratio and total leverage ratio covenants for March 
2016, and the fixed charge coverage ratio and total leverage ratio covenants for April and May 2016, under our Amended Credit 
Facility. We also did not meet a minimum requirement for the percentage of our total cash held in U.S. accounts for January, 
February, March, April, May and June 2016. MidCap and Deerfield, pursuant to the Deerfield Facility Agreement which has been 
terminated, provided waivers with respect to our non-compliance during such periods. There can be no assurance that at all times in 
the future we will satisfy all such financial or other covenants of the Amended Credit Facility or the Globus Facility Agreement, or 
obtain any required waiver or amendment, in which event of default the lenders party to the Amended Credit Facility could refuse to 
make further extensions of credit to us and MidCap and/or Globus could require all amounts borrowed under the Amended Credit 
Facility and/or the Globus Facility Agreement, respectively, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and 
payable. In addition to allowing the lenders to accelerate the loan, several events of default under the Amended Credit Facility or 
Globus Facility Agreement, such as our failure to make required payments of principal and interest and the occurrence of certain 
bankruptcy or insolvency events, could require us to pay interest at a rate which is up to five percentage points higher than the interest 
rate effective immediately before the event of default.

An event of default under the Amended Credit Facility or the Globus Facility Agreement could have a material adverse effect on 
us. Upon an event of default, if the lenders under the Amended Credit Facility or Globus Facility Agreement accelerate the repayment 
of all amounts borrowed, together with accrued interest and other fees, or if the lenders elect to charge us additional interest, we 
cannot assure you that we will have sufficient cash available to repay the amounts due, and we may be forced to seek to amend the 
terms of the Amended Credit Facility or the Globus Facility Agreement or obtain alternative financing, which may not be available to 
us on acceptable terms, if at all.

In addition, if we fail to pay amounts when due under the Amended Credit Facility or the Globus Facility Agreement or upon 

the occurrence of another event of default, the lenders under the Amended Credit Facility or the Globus Facility Agreement could 
proceed against the collateral granted to them pursuant to the MidCap Amended Credit Facility and the Globus Facility Agreement. 
We have granted to the lenders under the Amended Credit Facility a first priority security interest in substantially all of our assets, 
including all accounts receivable and all securities evidencing our interests in our subsidiaries, as collateral under the Amended Credit 
Facility. We have granted Globus under the Globus Facility Agreement a first lien security interest in substantially all of our assets, 
other than accounts receivable and related assets, which will secure the Globus Facility Agreement on a second lien basis. If Globus 
proceeds against the collateral, such assets would no longer be available for use in our business, which would have a significant 
adverse effect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our quarterly financial results could fluctuate significantly.

Our quarterly financial results are difficult to predict and may fluctuate significantly from period to period, particularly because 
our sales prospects are uncertain. The level of our revenues and results of operations at any given time will be based primarily on the 
following factors:

•

•

•

•

•

acceptance of our products by surgeons, patients, hospitals and third-party payors;

demand and pricing of our products;

the mix of our products sold, because profit margins differ among our products;

timing of new product offerings, acquisitions, licenses or other significant events by us or our competitors;

our ability to grow and maintain a productive sales and marketing organization and independent distributor network;

29

•

•

•

•

•

•

regulatory approvals and legislative changes affecting the products we may offer or those of our competitors;

the effect of competing technological and market developments;

levels of third-party reimbursement for our products;

interruption in the manufacturing or distribution of our products;

our ability to produce or obtain products of satisfactory quality or in sufficient quantities to meet demand; and

changes in our ability to obtain FDA, state and international approval or clearance for our products.

In addition, until we have a larger base of surgeons using our products, occasional fluctuations in the use of our products by 

individual surgeons or small groups of surgeons will have a proportionately larger impact on our revenues than for companies with a 
larger customer base.

Many of the products we may seek to develop and introduce in the future will require FDA approval or clearance. We cannot 

begin to commercialize any such products in the U.S. without FDA approval or clearance. As a result, it will be difficult for us to 
forecast demand for these products with any degree of certainty. We cannot assure you that our revenue will increase or be sustained 
in future periods or that we will be profitable in any future period. Any shortfalls in revenue or earnings from levels expected by our 
stockholders or by securities or industry analysts could have an immediate and significant adverse effect on the trading price of our 
common stock in any given period.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property Regulatory Penalties and Potential Litigation

If our patents and other intellectual property rights do not adequately protect our products, we may lose market share to our 
competitors and be unable to operate our business profitably.

Our success depends significantly on our ability to protect our proprietary rights of the technologies used in our products. We 
rely on patent protection, as well as a combination of copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, and nondisclosure, confidentiality 
and other contractual restrictions to protect our proprietary technology. However, these legal means afford only limited protection and 
may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. For example, we cannot assure you that 
any of our pending patent applications will result in the issuance of patents to us. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or PTO, 
may deny or require significant narrowing of claims in our pending patent applications, and patents issued as a result of the pending 
patent applications, if any, may not provide us with significant commercial protection or be issued in a form that is advantageous to 
us. We could also incur substantial costs in proceedings before the PTO. These proceedings could result in adverse decisions as to the 
priority of our inventions and the narrowing or invalidation of claims in issued patents. Our issued patents and those that may be 
issued in the future could subsequently be successfully challenged by others and invalidated or rendered unenforceable, which could 
limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing and selling related products. In addition, our pending patent applications include 
claims to aspects of our products and procedures that are not currently protected by issued patents.

Both the patent application process and the process of managing patent disputes can be time consuming and expensive. 
Competitors may be able to design around our patents or develop products that provide outcomes that are comparable to our products 
but fall outside of the scope of our patent protection. Although we have entered into confidentiality agreements and intellectual 
property assignment agreements with certain of our employees, consultants and advisors as one of the ways we seek to protect our 
intellectual property and other proprietary technology, such agreements may not be enforceable or may not provide meaningful 
protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary information in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of the 
agreements. In the event a competitor infringes upon one of our patents or other intellectual property rights, enforcing those patents 
and rights may be difficult and time consuming. Even if successful, litigation to defend our patents against challenges or to enforce 
our intellectual property rights could be expensive and time consuming and could divert management’s attention from managing our 
business. Moreover, we may not have sufficient resources to defend our patents against challenges or to enforce our intellectual 
property rights.

The medical device industry is characterized by patent and other intellectual property litigation and we could become subject to 
litigation that could be costly, result in the diversion of management’s time and efforts, require us to pay damages, and/or prevent 
us from marketing our existing or future products.

The medical device industry is characterized by extensive litigation and administrative proceedings over patent and other 

intellectual property rights. Determining whether a product infringes a patent involves complex legal and factual issues, the 
determination of which is often uncertain. Our competitors may assert that our products, the components of those products, the 
methods of using those products, or the methods we employ in manufacturing or processing those products are covered by patents 
held by them. In addition, they may claim that their patents have priority over ours because their patents were filed first. Because 
patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be applications now pending of which we are unaware, which may later 
result in issued patents that our products may infringe. There could also be existing patents that one or more components of our 

30

products may be inadvertently infringing, of which we are unaware. As the number of participants in the market for spine disorder 
devices and treatments increases, the possibility of patent infringement claims against us also increases.

Any such claim against us, even those without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain 
on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business and harm our reputation. If the relevant patents 
are upheld as valid and enforceable and we are found to infringe, we could be required to pay substantial damages, including treble, or 
triple, damages if an infringement is found to be willful, and/or royalties and we could be prevented from selling our products unless 
we could obtain a license or were able to redesign our products to avoid infringement. Any such license may not be available on 
reasonable terms, if at all, and there can be no assurance that we would be able to redesign our products in a way that would not 
infringe those patents, and any such redesign, if possible, may be costly. If we fail to obtain any required licenses or make any 
necessary changes to our products or technologies, we may have to withdraw existing products from the market or may be unable to 
commercialize one or more of our products, either of which could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition 
and results of operations. We may lose market share to our competitors if we fail to protect our intellectual property rights.

In addition, in order to further our product development efforts, from time to time we enter into agreements with surgeons to 
develop new products. As consideration for product development activities rendered pursuant to these agreements, in certain instances 
we have agreed to pay such surgeons royalties on products developed by cooperative involvement between us and such surgeons. 
There can be no assurance that surgeons with whom we have entered into such an arrangement will not claim to be entitled to a 
royalty even if we do not believe that such products were developed by cooperative involvement between us and such surgeons. Any 
such claim against us, even those without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our 
financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business and harm our reputation.

If we become subject to product liability claims, we may be required to pay damages that exceed our insurance coverage.

Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims that are inherent in the testing, design, manufacture and sale of 
medical devices for spine surgery procedures. Spine surgery involves significant risk of serious complications, including bleeding, 
nerve injury, paralysis and even death. To date, our products have not been the subject of any material product liability claims. 
Currently, we carry product liability insurance in the amount of $20 million per occurrence and $20 million in the aggregate. Our 
existing product liability insurance coverage may be inadequate to satisfy liabilities we might incur. Any product liability claim 
brought against us, with or without merit, could result in the increase of our product liability insurance rates or our inability to secure 
coverage in the future on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. In addition, if our product liability insurance proves to be 
inadequate to pay a damage award, we may have to pay the excess out of our cash reserves, which could harm our financial condition. 
If longer-term patient results and experience indicate that our products or any component of our products cause tissue damage, motor 
impairment or other adverse effects, we could be subject to significant liability. Even a meritless or unsuccessful product liability 
claim could harm our reputation in the industry, lead to significant legal fees and result in the diversion of management’s attention 
from managing our business. If a product liability claim or series of claims is brought against us in excess of our insurance coverage 
limits, our business could suffer and our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow could be materially adversely 
impacted.

Because biologics products entail a potential risk of communicable disease to human recipients, we may be the subject of product 
liability claims regarding our biologics products.

Our biologics products may expose us to additional potential product liability claims. The development of biologics products 

entails a risk of additional product liability claims because of the risk of transmitting disease to human recipients, and substantial 
product liability claims may be asserted against us. In addition, successful product liability claims made against one of our competitors 
could cause claims to be made against us or expose us to a perception that we are vulnerable to similar claims. Even a meritless or 
unsuccessful product liability claim could harm our reputation in the industry, lead to significant legal fees and result in the diversion 
of management’s attention from managing our business.

Any claims relating to our improper handling, storage or disposal of biological, hazardous and radioactive materials could be time 
consuming and costly.

The manufacture of certain of our products, including our biologics products, involves the controlled use of biological, 

hazardous and/or radioactive materials and waste. Our business and facilities and those of our suppliers are subject to foreign, federal, 
state and local laws and regulations governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these hazardous materials and 
waste products. Although we believe that our safety procedures for handling and disposing of these materials comply with legally 
prescribed standards, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. In the event 
of an accident, we could be held liable for damages or penalized with fines. This liability could exceed our resources and any 
applicable insurance. In addition, under some environmental laws and regulations, we could also be held responsible for all of the 
costs relating to any contamination at our past or present facilities and at third-party waste disposal sites, even if such contamination 

31

was not caused by us. We may incur significant expenses in the future relating to any failure to comply with environmental laws. Any 
such future expenses or liability could have a significant negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, our employees or our independent distributors have wrongfully used 
or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our 
competitors.

Many of our employees were previously employed at other medical device companies, including our competitors or potential 
competitors. Many of our independent distributors sell, or in the past have sold, products of our competitors. We may be subject to 
claims that we, our employees or our independent distributors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed the trade secrets or 
other proprietary information of our competitors. In addition, we have been and may in the future be subject to claims that we caused 
an employee or independent distributor to break the terms of his or her non-competition agreement or non-solicitation agreement. 
Litigation may be necessary to defend against such claims. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could 
result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management. If we fail in defending such claims, in addition to paying monetary 
damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights and/or personnel. A loss of key personnel and/or their work product could 
hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize products, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and 
results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

If we fail to continue to meet all applicable NASDAQ Global Select Market requirements and our common stock is delisted, the 
delisting could adversely affect the market liquidity of our common stock, impair the value of your investment and harm our 
business.

Our common stock is currently listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. In order to maintain that listing, we must satisfy 

minimum financial and other requirements.  On September 17, 2015, we received written notice from the Listing Qualifications 
Department of the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, or NASDAQ, notifying us that for the preceding 30 consecutive business days, our 
common stock did not maintain a minimum closing bid price of $1.00 per share as required for continued inclusion on The NASDAQ 
Global Select Market under NASDAQ Listing Rule 5450(a)(1). On August 24, 2016, we effected a 1-for-12 reverse stock split of our 
common stock in order to regain compliance with the applicable NASDAQ Listing Rules that required us to maintain a minimum 
closing bid price of $1.00 per share for a minimum of 10 consecutive trading days.

Accordingly, although we are currently in compliance with applicable NASDAQ Global Select Market requirements,  if we fail 

to continue to meet all such requirements in the future and NASDAQ determines to delist our common stock, the delisting could 
substantially decrease trading in our common stock and adversely affect the market liquidity of our common stock; adversely affect 
our ability to obtain financing on acceptable terms, if at all, to continue our operations; and may result in the potential loss of 
confidence by investors, suppliers, customers and employees and fewer business development opportunities. Additionally, the market 
price of our common stock may decline further and stockholders may lose some or all of their investment. 

We expect that the price of our common stock will fluctuate substantially and the market price of our common stock may decline in 
value in the future.

The market price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and may fluctuate substantially due to many factors, 

including those described elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section and the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

volume and timing of orders for our products;

quarterly variations in our or our competitors’ results of operations;

our announcement or our competitors’ announcements regarding new products, product enhancements, significant 
contracts, number of distributors, number of hospitals and surgeons using products, acquisitions, and collaborative or 
strategic investments;

announcements of technological or medical innovations for the treatment of spine pathology;

changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;

our ability to develop, obtain regulatory clearance or approval for, and market new and enhanced products on a timely 
basis;

changes in healthcare policy in the U.S.;

product liability claims or other litigation involving us;

32

•

•

•

•

•

•

sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our executive officers, directors and significant 
stockholders;

changes in governmental regulations or in the status of our regulatory approvals, clearances or applications;

disputes or other developments with respect to intellectual property rights;

changes in the availability of third-party reimbursement in the U.S.;

changes in accounting principles; and

general market conditions and other factors, including factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating 
performance of our competitors.

We may become involved in securities class action litigation that could divert management’s attention and harm our business.

The stock market in general, The NASDAQ Global Select Market and the market for medical device companies in particular, 

has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating 
performance of those companies. Further, the market prices of securities of medical device companies have been particularly volatile. 
In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has 
often been brought against that company. We may become involved in this type of litigation in the future. Litigation is often expensive 
and diverts management’s attention and resources, which could materially harm our financial condition, results of operations and 
business.

Securities analysts may not continue to provide coverage of our common stock or may issue negative reports, which may have a 
negative impact on the market price of our common stock.

Securities analysts may not continue to provide research coverage of our common stock. If securities analysts do not cover our 
common stock, the lack of research coverage may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. The trading market for our 
common stock may be affected in part by the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about our business. If one 
or more of the analysts who elects to cover us downgrades our stock, our stock price would likely decline rapidly. If one or more of 
these analysts ceases coverage of us, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline. In 
addition, it may be difficult for companies such as ours, with smaller market capitalizations, to attract independent financial analysts 
that will cover our common stock. This could have a negative effect on the market price of our stock.

Because of their significant stock ownership, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders will be able to exert 
control over us and our significant corporate decisions.

Based on shares outstanding at March 17, 2017, our executive officers, directors and stockholders holding more than 5% of our 

outstanding common stock and their affiliates, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately 35% of our outstanding common 
stock. As a result, these persons will have the ability to impact significantly the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval, 
including the election and removal of directors and any merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets.

This concentration of ownership may harm the market price of our common stock by, among other things:

•

•

•

•

delaying, deferring or preventing our change in control;

impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us;

causing us to enter into transactions or agreements that are not in the best interests of all of our stockholders; or

reducing our public float held by non-affiliates.

Certain members of our Board of Directors also serve as officers and directors of HealthpointCapital, its affiliates and other 
portfolio companies.

Three members of our Board of Directors also serve as officers and directors of our largest stockholder, HealthpointCapital, or 

its related entities and of other companies in which HealthpointCapital invests, including companies with which we compete or may in 
the future compete. As of March 17, 2017, HealthpointCapital owned approximately 31% of our outstanding common stock. The 
Chairman of our Board of Directors, Mortimer Berkowitz III, is a managing member of HGP, LLC and HGP II, LLC, the general 
partners of HealthpointCapital Partners, LP and HealthpointCapital Partners II, LP, respectively. Our directors R. Ian Molson and 
Stephen E. O’Neil also serve on the board of managers of HealthpointCapital, LLC.  Each of Messrs. Berkowitz, O’Neil and Molson, 
also have financial interests in HealthpointCapital investment funds.

33

Because of these possible conflicts of interest, such directors may direct potential business and investment opportunities to other 

entities rather than to us or such directors may undertake or otherwise engage in activities or conduct on behalf of such other entities 
that is not in, or which may be adverse to, our best interests. Whether a director directs an opportunity to us or to another company, 
our directors may face claims of breaches of fiduciary duty and other duties relating to such opportunities. Our amended and restated 
certificate of incorporation requires us to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by law, which may require us to 
indemnify them against claims of breaches of such duties arising from their service on our Board of Directors. HealthpointCapital or 
its affiliates may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition 
opportunities may not be available to us. Furthermore, HealthpointCapital may have an interest in us pursuing acquisitions, 
divestitures, financings or other transactions that, in its judgment, could enhance its equity investment, even though such transactions 
might involve risks to us and our stockholders generally. In addition, if we were to seek a business combination with a target business 
with which one or more of our existing stockholders or directors may be affiliated, conflicts of interest could arise in connection with 
negotiating the terms of and completing the business combination. Conflicts that may arise may not be resolved in our favor.

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and change of control provisions in some of our employment 
agreements and agreements with distributors, and in some of our outstanding debt agreements, as well as the terms of our 
redeemable preferred stock, may discourage or prevent a change of control, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our 
stockholders, which could affect our stock price adversely.

Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and restated by-laws could discourage, delay or 
prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which our 
stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions also could limit the price that investors might be 
willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. Stockholders 
who wish to participate in these transactions may not have the opportunity to do so. Furthermore, these provisions could prevent or 
frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our management. These provisions:

•

•

•

•

•

•

allow the authorized number of directors to be changed only by resolution of our Board of Directors;

allow vacancies on our Board of Directors to be filled only by resolution of our Board of Directors;

authorize our Board of Directors to issue, without stockholder approval, blank check preferred stock that, if issued, could 
operate as a “poison pill” to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer to prevent an acquisition that is not 
approved by our Board of Directors;

require that stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called stockholder meeting and prohibit stockholder action by 
written consent;

establish advance notice requirements for stockholder nominations to our Board of Directors and for stockholder 
proposals that can be acted on at stockholder meetings; and

limit who may call stockholder meetings.

Some of our employment agreements and all of our restricted stock agreements, incentive stock option agreements, 
performance-based stock units and restricted common stock provide for accelerated vesting of benefits, including full vesting of 
restricted stock and options, upon a change of control. A limited number of our agreements with our distributors include a provision 
that extends the term of the distribution agreement upon a change in control and makes it more difficult for us or our successor to 
terminate the agreement. These provisions may discourage or prevent a change of control.

In addition, in the event of a change of control, we would be required to redeem all outstanding shares of our redeemable 

preferred stock for an aggregate of $29.9 million, at the price of $9.00 per share. Further, our amended and restated certificate of 
incorporation permits us to issue additional shares of preferred stock. The terms of our redeemable preferred stock or any new 
preferred stock we may issue could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control.

Our stockholders will not receive any distribution of the proceeds from the sale of our international distribution operations and we 
do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future, and stockholders may never receive any return of value.

We did not distribute to stockholders any cash proceeds from the Globus Transaction. Instead, we used a portion of the proceeds 

from the Globus Transaction to repay in full all amounts outstanding and due under our Deerfield Facility Agreement and repay 
certain of our outstanding indebtedness under our Amended Credit Facility with MidCap, and we intend to use the remainder of the 
proceeds to fund our future business activities and for general working capital purposes. Any future decision for the use of those funds 
will be made by our Board of Directors.

34

In addition, we have not declared any cash dividends and do not intend to declare or pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable 

future. Future earnings, if any, will be used to finance the future operation and growth of our business. Any determination to pay 
dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial 
condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant. In 
addition, our ability to pay dividends is currently restricted by the terms of our Amended Credit Facility with MidCap and Globus 
Facility Agreement. Stockholders will not receive any liquidity from the Globus Transaction and the only return to them will be based 
on any future appreciation in our stock price or upon a future sale or liquidation of our company, which may never occur. Much 
depends on our future business, including the success or failure of our U.S. business. There are no assurances that we will be 
successful, and current stockholders may never get a return on their investment.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K and, in particular, the description of our "Business" set forth in Item 1, the "Risk Factors" set 

forth in this Item 1A and our "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" set forth in 
Item 7 contain or incorporate a number of forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 
1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, 
including statements regarding:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our estimates regarding anticipated operating losses, future revenue, expenses, capital requirements, uses and sources of 
cash and liquidity, including our anticipated revenue growth and cost savings;

our ability to meet the financial covenants under our credit facilities;

our ability to ensure that we have effective disclosure controls and procedures;

•

our not realizing the full economic benefit from the Globus Transaction, including as a result of indemnification claims 
under the definitive agreement and the retention by us of certain liabilities associated with the international business, and 
our ability to meet our obligations under the Globus supply agreement;

our ability to meet and potential liability from not meeting the payment obligations under the Orthotec settlement 
agreement;

our ability to regain and maintain compliance with the quality requirements of the FDA;

our ability to market, improve, grow, commercialize and achieve market acceptance of any of our products or any product 
candidates that we are developing or may develop in the future;

our beliefs about the features, strengths and benefits of our products;

our ability to continue to enhance our product offerings, outsource our manufacturing operations and expand the 
commercialization of our products, and the effect of our strategy;

our expectations about the timing, costs and benefits of the restructuring and outsourcing of our manufacturing operations;

our beliefs about the ability of our supplier relationships and quality processes to fulfill our production requirements;

our ability to successfully integrate, and realize benefits from licenses and acquisitions;

the effect of any existing or future federal, state or international regulations on our ability to effectively conduct our 
business;

our estimates of market sizes and anticipated uses of our products;

our business strategy and our underlying assumptions about market data, demographic trends, reimbursement trends and 
pricing trends;

our ability to achieve profitability, and the potential need to raise additional funding;

our ability to maintain an adequate sales network for our products, including to attract and retain independent distributors;

our ability to enhance our U.S. distribution network;

our ability to increase the use and promotion of our products by training and educating surgeons and our sales network;

our ability to attract and retain a qualified management team, as well as other qualified personnel and advisors;

our ability to enter into licensing and business combination agreements with third parties and to successfully integrate the 
acquired technology and/or businesses;

35

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our management team’s ability to accommodate growth and manage a larger organization;

our ability to protect our intellectual property, and to not infringe upon the intellectual property of third parties;

the effects of the escalating cost of medical products and services and the effects of market demand, government 
regulation, third-party reimbursement policies and societal pressures on the healthcare industry and our business;

our ability to meet or exceed the industry standard in clinical and legal compliance and corporate governance programs;

our beliefs about our competitors and the principal competitive factors in our market and the effect of non-operative 
treatments on demand for our products;

potential liability resulting from litigation;

our beliefs about our employee relations;

potential liability resulting from a governmental review of our business practices;

our beliefs about the usefulness of the non-GAAP financial measures included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K;

our beliefs with respect to our critical accounting policies and the reasonableness of our estimates and assumptions; and

other factors discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or any document incorporated by reference herein 
or therein.

Any or all of our forward-looking statements in this Annual Report may turn out to be wrong. They can be affected by 

inaccurate assumptions by known or unknown risks and uncertainties. Many factors mentioned in our discussion in this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K will be important in determining future results. Consequently, no forward-looking statement can be guaranteed. Actual 
future results may vary materially from expected results.

We also provide a cautionary discussion of risks and uncertainties under “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report. These 

are factors that we think could cause our actual results to differ materially from expected results. Other factors besides those listed 
there could also adversely affect us.

Without limiting the foregoing, the words “believe,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “expect,” “may,” “could,” “would,” “seek,”  “intend,” 
and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. There are a number of factors and uncertainties that could 
cause actual events or results to differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements, many of which are beyond 
our control, including the factors set forth under “Item 1A Risk Factors.” In addition, the forward-looking statements contained herein 
represent our estimate only as of the date of this filing and should not be relied upon as representing our estimate as of any subsequent 
date. While we may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, we specifically disclaim any 
obligation to do so to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting such forward-looking 
statements, except as required by applicable law.

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.

Properties

Our corporate office is located in Carlsbad, California. The table below provides selected information regarding our current 

material operating location.

Location
Carlsbad, California

  Use
  Corporate headquarters and product design

Approximate
Square
Footage
76,693

Lease Expiration
July 2021

36

 
 
 
   
 
 
Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

We are and may become involved in various legal proceedings arising from our business activities. While management is not 

aware of any litigation matter that in and of itself would have a material adverse impact on our consolidated results of operations, cash 
flows or financial position, litigation is inherently unpredictable, and depending on the nature and timing of a proceeding, an 
unfavorable resolution could materially affect our future consolidated results of operations, cash flows or financial position in a 
particular period.  We assess contingencies to determine the degree of probability and range of possible loss for potential accrual or 
disclosure in our consolidated financial statements. An estimated loss contingency is accrued in our consolidated financial statements 
if it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Because litigation is 
inherently unpredictable and unfavorable resolutions could occur, assessing contingencies is highly subjective and requires judgments 
about future events. When evaluating contingencies, we may be unable to provide a meaningful estimate due to a number of factors, 
including the procedural status of the matter in question, the presence of complex or novel legal theories, and/or the ongoing discovery 
and development of information important to the matters. In addition, damage amounts claimed in litigation against us may be 
unsupported, exaggerated or unrelated to reasonably possible outcomes, and as such are not meaningful indicators of our potential 
liability.

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

37

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Our common stock is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ATEC.” The following table sets forth 

the high and low sales prices for our common stock as reported on The NASDAQ Global Select Market for the periods indicated.

On August 24, 2016, we effected a 1-for-12 reverse stock split of our issued and outstanding common stock. The per-share 

amounts listed in the table below are adjusted for all periods to reflect our 1-for-12 reverse stock split.

Year Ended December 31, 2016
First quarter
Second quarter
Third quarter
Fourth quarter

Year Ended December 31, 2015
First quarter
Second quarter
Third quarter
Fourth quarter

 $

 $

High

Low

6.96   $
4.56    
9.65    
9.27    

1.80 
2.16 
2.64 
3.12  

High

Low

18.48   $
17.76    
17.16    
5.40    

15.36 
15.36 
3.84 
2.16  

Stockholders

As of March 24, 2017, there were approximately 210 holders of record of an aggregate 9,048,145 outstanding shares of our 

common stock.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any 

future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the 
foreseeable future.  In addition, our ability to pay dividends is currently restricted by the terms of the Amended Credit Facility with 
MidCap and the Globus Facility Agreement.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Under the terms of our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and our Amended  and Restated 2005 Employee, Director and Consultant 

Stock Plan, as amended, which we refer to collectively as the Stock Plans, and prior to the expiration of the Stock Plans in May 2026, 
we are permitted to award shares of restricted stock to our employees, directors and consultants. These shares of restricted stock are 
subject to a lapsing right of repurchase by us. We may exercise this right of repurchase in the event that a restricted stock recipient’s 
employment, directorship or consulting relationship with us terminates prior to the end of the vesting period. If we exercise this right, 
we are required to repay the purchase price paid by or on behalf of the recipient for the repurchased restricted shares. Repurchased 
shares are returned to the Stock Plan and are available for future awards under the terms of the Stock Plan. There were no shares of 
common stock repurchased during the year ended December 31, 2016.

38

 
 
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
  
  
  
Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth consolidated financial data with respect to the Company for each of the five years in the period 

ended December 31, 2016. The selected consolidated financial data set forth below have been derived from our audited consolidated 
financial statements, and may not be indicative of future operating results. The results of operations for the year ended December 31, 
2015 include a goodwill and intangible assets impairment charge of $164.3 million. The results of operations for the year ended 
December 31, 2013 include litigation settlement expenses of $46.0 million.  The selected consolidated financial data set forth below 
should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto found at “Item 8 Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data” and “Item 7 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

The following amounts related to earnings per share and shares outstanding have been adjusted for all periods reported for the 1-

for-12 reverse stock split that we effected on August 24, 2016.

As a result of the Globus Transaction, our International Business (as defined in Item 7 below) has been excluded from 
continuing operations for all periods presented in this report and is reported as discontinued operations. See Note 4 for additional 
information on the divestiture of the International Business.

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
Revenues
Income (Loss) from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations
Net loss

Net loss per basic share
Net loss per diluted share

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss
   per share:

Shares used in calculating basic net loss per share
Shares used in calculating diluted net loss per share

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash
Restricted cash
Working  capital (deficit)
Total assets
Total debt, including current portion
Redeemable preferred stock
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

2016

Year Ended December 31,
2015
2013
2014
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

2012

 $

 $
 $
 $

 $
134,388 
 $
120,248 
(171,253)   
(26,301)   
(3,624)   
(7,423)   
(29,925)  $ (178,676)  $
(21.53)  $
(21.53)  $

(3.49)  $
(3.49)  $

154,625 

 $
(98)   
(12,784)   
(12,882)  $
(1.59)  $
(1.90)  $

 $
148,263 
(63,629)   
(18,598)   
(82,227)  $
(10.25)  $
(10.25)  $

141,355 
(5,616)
(9,843)
(15,459)
(2.06)
(2.06)

8,582 
8,582 

8,298 
8,298 

8,112 
8,145 

8,020 
8,020 

7,518 
7,518  

2016

2015

As of December 31,
2014
(in thousands)

2013

2012

 $

 $

 $

19,593 
— 
32,689 
94,188 
46,205 
23,603 
(41,504)   

 $

6,295 
2,350 
(23,542)   
146,341 
80,222 
23,603 
(36,576)   

12,595 
4,400 
49,511 
113,112 
82,673 
23,603 
148,954 

 $

16,102 
— 
34,026 
365,630 
54,888 
23,603 
171,676 

16,921 
— 
65,264 
382,127 
41,619 
23,603 
245,816  

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the financial 

statements and the notes to those statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Some of the information 
contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this report include the identification of certain trends and other 
statements that may predict or anticipate future business or financial results that are subject to important factors that could cause our 
actual results to differ materially from those indicated. See “Item 1A Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 
10-K.

Overview

We are a medical technology company focused on the design, development and promotion of products for the surgical treatment 

of spine disorders. Our mission is to improve patient lives by delivering advancements in spinal fusion technologies.  We have a 
comprehensive product portfolio and pipeline that addresses the cervical, thoracolumbar and intervertebral regions of the spine and 
covers a variety of spinal disorders and surgical procedures. Our principal product offerings are focused on the U.S. market for fusion-
based spinal disorder solutions. We believe that our products and systems are attractive to surgeons and patients due to innovative 
features and benefits that simplify surgical procedures for the surgeon and improve patient outcomes.

Currently, we market and sell our products in the United States through a network of non-exclusive independent distributors and 

direct sales representatives. We believe there is significant opportunity for us to partner closely with distributors to create a more 
dedicated and loyal sales channel for the future.  We are eliminating our stocking distributors and are moving our existing distributor 
relationships to more dedicated and non-competitive partnerships and we intend to add new, high-quality distributors to enable future 
growth.   

We believe this will allow us to reach an untapped market of surgeons, hospitals and national accounts across the United States, 

as well as further penetrate existing accounts and territories. 

We also employ a national accounts team that is responsible for securing access at hospitals and group purchasing organizations, 

or GPOs, across the United States. We have had strong success with securing access to hospitals and GPOs.  We believe that this 
access is a key differentiator for us, and much of our current business is achieved through these accounts.  We will continue to focus 
our efforts and investment on developing and maintaining relationships with key GPOs and hospital networks in order to secure 
favorable contracts and develop strategies to convert or grow business within existing accounts.    

We are also striving to drive additional revenue by focusing our capital spend on making strategic investments in 

commercializing our new products. We are focusing our development and commercialization efforts on differentiated products that we 
can market through our sales channel.  These innovative products are designed to drive penetration within specific segments within the 
overall spine market, including the complex spine, deformity, and lateral markets.  We also plan to expand our biologics portfolio 
through structural allograft, tissue and synthetic bone graft products to support surgeons during the surgical procedure with the goal of 
achieving high fusion rates.  

Recent Developments

On March 29, 2017, we completed a Private Placement of our  securities to certain institutional and accredited investors, 
including certain directors and executive officers of the Company, providing for the sale by the Company of 1,809,628 shares of our 
common stock at a purchase price of $2.00 per share, 15,245 shares of newly designated Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the 
“Series A Convertible Preferred Stock”) at a purchase price of $1,000 per share (which Preferred Shares are convertible into 
approximately 7,622,372 shares of our common stock, subject to limitations on conversion until the approval by our stockholders as 
required in accordance with the NASDAQ Global Select Market rules), and warrants to purchase up to 9,432,000 shares of our 
Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.00 per share (the “Warrants”), in a private placement (the “Private Placement”). The 
Warrants will become exercisable following stockholder approval, are subject to certain ownership limitations, and expire five years 
after the date of such Stockholder approval. The aggregate gross proceeds for the Private Placement were approximately $18.9 
million. We intend to use the net proceeds from the Private Placement for general corporate and working capital purposes. 

On September 1, 2016, we completed the sale of our international distribution operations and agreements, including our wholly-
owned subsidiaries in Japan, Brazil, Australia, China and Singapore and substantially all of the assets of our other sales operations in 
the United Kingdom and Italy, or collectively the International Business, to an affiliate of Globus. Following the closing of the Globus 
Transaction, we now operate in the U.S. market only and are prohibited from marketing and selling our products in foreign markets 
pursuant to the terms and conditions, and for the time periods, set forth in the definitive documents related to the Globus Transaction.

40

At the closing of the Globus Transaction on September 1, 2016, Globus paid us $80 million in cash, subject to a working capital 

adjustment. On September 1, 2016, we used approximately $66 million of the consideration received to (i) repay in full all amounts 
outstanding and due under the Deerfield Facility Agreement, and (ii) repay certain of our outstanding indebtedness under our 
Amended Credit Facility, in each case, including debt-related costs. Also on September 1, 2016, we entered into the credit, security 
and guaranty agreement with Globus, or the Globus Facility Agreement, pursuant to which Globus has agreed to loan us up to $30 
million, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Globus Facility Agreement.

As a result of the sale of our International Business, we have retrospectively revised the consolidated statements of operations 
for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 
2016, 2015 and 2014, and the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, to reflect the financial results from the 
International Business, and the related assets and liabilities, as discontinued operations.

On August 24, 2016, we filed a certificate of amendment to the Company’s certificate of incorporation with the Secretary of 

State of the state of Delaware to effectuate a 1-for-12 reverse stock split of our issued and outstanding common stock.  The share and 
per share amounts in the discussion below gives retrospective effect to the 1-for-12 reverse stock split for all periods presented.

Revenue and Expense Components

The following is a description of the primary components of our revenues and expenses:

Revenues. We derive our revenues primarily from the sale of spinal surgery implants used in the treatment of spine disorders. 
Spinal implant products include pedicle screws and complementary implants, interbody devices, plates, and tissue-based materials. 
Our revenues are generated by our direct sales force and independent distributors. Our products are requested directly by surgeons and 
shipped and billed to hospitals and surgical centers.  Currently, most of our business is conducted with customers within markets in 
which we have experience and with payment terms that are customary to our business. We may defer revenues until the time of 
collection if circumstances related to payment terms, regional market risk or customer history indicate that collectability is not 
reasonably assured.

Cost of revenues. Cost of revenues consists of direct product costs, royalties, milestones, depreciation of our surgical 
instruments, and the amortization of purchased intangibles. Our product costs consist primarily of direct labor, overhead, and raw 
materials and components. The product costs of certain of our biologics products include the cost of procuring and processing human 
tissue. We incur royalties related to the technologies that we license from others and the products that are developed in part by 
surgeons with whom we collaborate in the product development process. Amortization of purchased intangibles consists of 
amortization of developed product technology.

Research and development. Research and development expense consists of costs associated with the design, development, 

testing, and enhancement of our products. Research and development expense also includes salaries and related employee benefits, 
research-related overhead expenses, fees paid to external service providers in both cash and equity, and costs associated with our 
Scientific Advisory Board and Executive Surgeon Panels.

In-process research and development, or IPR&D.  IPR&D expense consists of acquired research and development assets that 

were not part of an acquisition of a business and were not technically feasible on the date we acquired such technology, provided that 
such technology also did not have any alternative future use at that date.

Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of salaries and related employee benefits, sales 

commissions and support costs, professional service fees, travel, medical education, trade show and marketing costs.

General and administrative. General and administrative expense consists primarily of salaries and related employee benefits, 

professional service fees, insurance and legal expenses.

Goodwill and intangible assets impairment. The impairment expense relates to impairment charges related to our goodwill 

balances and intangible assets.

Restructuring expenses. Restructuring expense consists of severance, social plan benefits and related taxes, facility closing 
costs, manufacturing transfer costs and severance costs incurred following the sale of our International Business and the termination of 
our manufacturing operations in California.

Total other income (expense). Total other income (expense) includes interest income, interest expense, changes in the fair value 

of the warrant liabilities, gains and losses from foreign currency exchanges and other non-operating gains and losses.

41

Income tax (benefit) provision.  Income tax benefit from continuing operations consists primarily of domestic losses partially 
offset by state income taxes. ASC 740-20 requires total income tax expense or benefit to be allocated among continuing operations, 
discontinued operations, extraordinary items, other comprehensive income and items charged directly to shareholders’ equity. This 
allocation is referred to as intra-period tax allocation. The sale of the Company's international distribution operations and several 
foreign subsidiaries is reported under discontinued operations in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Accordingly, we are required 
to allocate the provision for income taxes between continuing operations and discontinued operations. For the year ended December 
31, 2016, we recognized a gain from discontinued operations before tax, and, as a result, we recorded a tax expense of $6.5 million in 
discontinued operations and a corresponding tax benefit to continuing operations

Results of Operations

The first table below sets forth our statements of operations data for the periods presented. Our historical results are not 

necessarily indicative of the operating results that may be expected in the future.

Revenues
Cost of revenues
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Research and development
In-process research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Amortization of intangible assets
Goodwill and intangible assets impairment
Restructuring expenses
Total operating expenses

Operating (loss) income
Other income (expense):
Interest income
Interest expense
Loss on debt extinguishment
Other income (expense), net

Total other income (expense)
Pretax income (loss) from continuing operations
Income tax (benefit) provision
Loss from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes
Net loss

 $

2016

Year Ended December 31,
2015
(in thousands)

2014

 $

120,248   $
44,114    
76,134    

134,388   $
46,366    
88,022    

154,625 
44,958 
109,667 

9,248    
—    
50,962    
26,339    
934    
1,736    
2,292    
91,511    
(15,377)   

3    
(5,368)   
(9,478)   
(715)   
(15,558)   
(30,935)   
(4,634)   
(26,301)   
(3,624)   
(29,925)  $

17,615    
274    
51,801    
28,126    
1,200    
164,263    
597    
263,876    
(175,854)   

11    
(4,001)   
—    
7,445    
3,455    
(172,399)   
(1,146)   
(171,253)   
(7,423)   
(178,676)  $

16,593 
527 
55,782 
34,048 
1,232 
— 
— 
108,182 
1,485 

10 
(3,022)
— 
1,836 
(1,176)
309 
407 
(98)
(12,784)
(12,882)

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2015

Revenues. Revenues were $120.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $134.4 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2015, representing a decrease of $14.1 million, or 10.5%. The decrease was the result of a decline in the sales amounts 
to former subsidiaries that are classified in continuing operations ($9.1 million) and a decrease in U.S. revenues ($7.6 million), offset 
by sales beginning in 2016 to Globus ($2.6 million). The sale of implants and instruments to U.S. hospitals decreased by $1.8 million 
due to pricing erosion in the mid-single digits, consistent with trends experienced over the past several years, partially offset by an 
increase in unit volume. The sales to stocking distributors declined from the prior year in the amount of $5.8 million due to the 
ongoing initiative to eliminate this channel from our U.S. Commercial business.

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Cost of revenues. Cost of revenues was $44.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $46.4 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2015, representing a decrease of $2.3 million, or 4.9%. The decrease was the result of an elimination of one-
time costs related to 2015 activities ($4.5 million), a reduction in product costs due primarily to lower sales volumes ($1.5 million), a 
reduction in inventory adjustments ($0.4 million) and a reduction in depreciation and amortization expenses ($0.5 million), offset by 
an increase in inventory reserves due to excess inventory quantities and product life cycle management activities ($2.9 million), 
charges related to the discontinuation of a product and the related intangible assets and inventory ($1.6 million) and an increase in 
royalty expense ($0.2 million). The one-time costs related to 2015 activities include multiple product discontinuations, loss on 
equipment disposals, and accelerated depreciation related to the restructuring of manufacturing operations, offset by gains recognized 
in 2016 on the sale of various manufacturing equipment related to the 2015 restructuring of operations. 

Gross profit. Gross profit was $76.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $88.0 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2015, representing a decrease of $11.9 million, or 13.5%. The decrease was a combination of a decline in gross 
profit on sales to former subsidiaries that are classified in continuing operations ($4.1 million) and the effect of lower U.S. revenues 
combined with an increase in the cost of revenues ($7.8 million), offset by the reduction in cost of sales due to the elimination of one-
time costs related to 2015 activities ($4.5 million).

Gross Margin, Gross Margin was 63.3% for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 65.5% for the year ended 
December 31 2015. The decrease of 2.2 percentage points was the result of an increase in inventory reserves and adjustments (2.5 
percentage points), charges related to the discontinuation of a product and the related intangible assets and inventory (1.3 percentage 
points), a reduction in pricing related to revenues (1.1 percentage points), an increase in royalty expense (0.5 percentage points) and an 
increase in depreciation expense (0.4 percentage points), offset by the reduction in cost of sales due to the elimination of one-time 
costs related to 2015 activities (3.4 percentage points) and a reduction in amortization expense (0.2 percentage points).

Gross Margin, excluding intercompany and Globus revenue of $13.3 million and $19.8 million for the year ended December 31, 

2016 and 2015, respectively, was 67.0% for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 69.4% for the year ended December 31 
2015. The decrease of 2.4 percentage points was the result of an increase in inventory reserves (2.8 percentage points), charges related 
to the discontinuation of a product and the related intangible assets and inventory (1.5 percentage points), an increase in product costs 
due primarily to negative costs variances related to reduced sourcing volumes (1.3 percentage points),  a reduction in pricing related to 
revenues (0.9 percentage points), an increase in royalty expense (0.2 percentage points) and an increase in depreciation expense (0.3 
percentage points), offset by the reduction in cost of sales due to the elimination of one-time costs related to 2015 activities (4.0 
percentage points), a reduction in amortization expense (0.3 percentage points) and a reduction in inventory adjustments (0.3 
percentage points).

Research and development. Research and development expense was $9.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 
compared to $17.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 representing a decrease of $8.4 million, or 47.5%. The decrease was 
related to a reduction of development activities ($3.7 million), a reduction in stock-based compensation related costs under a 
consulting agreement ($2.9 million) and a reduction in personnel related costs ($1.8 million).

In-process research and development. IPR&D expense was $0.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 

$0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The expense in 2015 relates to initial purchase payments in connection with asset 
purchase agreements for which the underlying product was not technologically feasible at the time the asset was acquired.

Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expense was $51.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $51.8 

million for the year ended December 31, 2015 representing a decrease of $0.8 million, or 1.6%. The decrease was the result of a 
reduction personnel and related expenses ($2.6 million) and the elimination of the medical device excise tax ($1.2 million), offset by 
an increase in sales commissions to third party agents ($3.0 million).

General and administrative. General and administrative expense was $26.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 
compared to $28.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, representing a decrease of $1.8 million, or 6.4%. The decrease was 
primarily due to a reduction in personnel and related expenses ($2.6 million), a reduction in expenses related to information 
technology ($0.5 million), offset by an increase in consulting and professional fees ($1.3 million).

Amortization of intangible assets. Amortization of intangible assets was $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as 

compared to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This expense represents amortization in the period for intangible 
assets associated with general business assets which has declined as those assets have either been impaired or become fully amortized.

Goodwill and intangible assets impairment. The goodwill and intangible assets impairment was $1.7 million for the year ended 

December 31, 2016 compared to $164.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.  The 2016 impairment charge relates to 
intangible assets that we found to be impaired as a result of the Globus Transaction.  The 2015 impairment charge was primarily the 
result of our goodwill impairment test performed during the third quarter of 2015 triggered by the decline in our share price which 
resulted in the write off of all of our goodwill.  

43

Restructuring expenses. Restructuring expenses were $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $0.6 
million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Due to the closing of the Globus Transaction, which eliminated substantially all of our 
international operations, we began a corporate downsizing initiative to align our cost structure with our current operations. The 
restructuring costs for the year ended December 31, 2016 consist primarily of severance charges related to headcount reductions ($2.0 
million). In July 2015, we announced a restructuring of our manufacturing operations in California in an effort to improve our cost 
structure. As of December 31, 2016, the manufacturing restructuring was substantially complete and we recorded expenses of 
approximately $0.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 and $0.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2015.

Interest expense. Interest expense was $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $4.0 million for the year 

ended December 31, 2015, representing an increase of $1.4 million, or 34.2%. This increase is primarily related to greater costs in 
connection with various amendments to our credit facilities with MidCap and the new credit facility with Globus.

Loss on extinguishment of debt.  Loss on extinguishment of debt was $9.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The 

loss on extinguishment of debt is due to prepayment premium of $5.6 million and the write-off of unamortized debt costs of $3.9 
million related to extinguishment of the Deerfield facility.

Other income (expense), net. Other income (expense), net was expense of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 
compared to income of $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, representing a decrease in income of $8.2 million. The 
decrease in income is primarily the result of the decrease in warrant valuation in 2015 of $8.0 million due to the decline in the value of 
our common stock that occurred in July 2015, compared to an expense of the warrant valuation in 2016 of $0.3 million.

Income tax (benefit) provision. Income tax (benefit) provision for continuing operations was a benefit of ($4.6) million for the 

year ended December 31, 2016 compared to a benefit of ($1.1) million for the year ended December 31, 2015, representing an 
increase benefit of $3.5 million.  The 2016 income tax benefit from continuing operations consists of the income tax benefit related to 
domestic losses partially offset by state income taxes. The 2015 income tax benefit from continuing operations consists primarily of 
the reversal of deferred tax liabilities associated with tax deductible goodwill, partially offset by state income taxes. We are required 
allocate the provision for income taxes between continuing operations and other categories of earnings, such as discontinued 
operations.

Discontinued operations. On July 25, 2016, we entered into the Purchase and Sale Agreement with Globus whereby we agreed 

to sell all of our International Business to Globus, including our wholly-owned subsidiaries in Japan, Brazil, Australia, China and 
Singapore and substantially all of the assets of our other sales operations in the United Kingdom and Italy, and on September 1, 2016, 
we completed the sale to Globus. As a result of our strategic decision to sell the International Business and focus on U.S market, our 
consolidated statements of operations and the consolidated balance sheets reflect the financial results from the International Business 
as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, activity presented under discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of 

operations represents our commercial operations prior to the sale of the International Business in September 2016 including certain 
intercompany sales transactions as the Company will have continuing involvement due to future sales to Globus under the Supply 
Agreement. Certain operating expenses were also allocated to the business activities associated with the discontinued operations as 
well as interest expense related to our debt that we repaid using the proceeds from the sale of the International Business.

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2014

Revenues. Revenues were $134.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $154.6 million for the year ended 

December 31, 2014, representing a decrease of $20.2 million, or 13.1%. The decrease was the result of a decrease in U.S. revenues 
($22.5 million), offset by an increase in the sales amounts to former subsidiaries ($2.3 million) that are classified in continuing 
operations. The sale of implants and instruments to U.S. hospitals decreased by $18.9 million due to pricing erosion in the mid-single 
digits, consistent with trends experienced over the past several years in conjunction with a significant decrease in unit volume. The 
sales to stocking distributors in the U.S. declined from the prior year in the amount of $3.6 million.

Cost of revenues. Cost of revenues was $46.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $45.0 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2014, representing an increase of $1.4 million, or 3.0%. The increase was the result of one-time charges for 
the impairment of certain product-related intangible assets and the disposal of manufacturing equipment ($1.9 million), non-recurring 
favorable royalties and milestones in 2014 ($1.2 million), an increase in manufacturing depreciation expense due to the reduction of 
useful lives resulting from the manufacturing outsourcing initiative ($1.5 million), offset by a reduction in product costs due primarily 
to lower sales volumes ($0.9 million), a reduction in reserves and adjustments ($0.8 million), reduced instrument depreciation expense 
($0.6 million), a reduction in royalty and milestone expenses due to a reduction sales volume ($0.5 million), and a reduction in 
amortization expenses ($0.4 million).

44

Gross profit. Gross profit was $88.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $109.7 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2014, representing a decrease of $21.6 million, or 19.7%. The decrease was a combination of the effect of lower 
U.S. revenues combined with an increase in the cost of revenues ($23.0 million), offset by an increase in gross profit on sales to 
former subsidiaries that are classified in continuing operations ($1.4 million).

Gross margin. Gross margin, excluding intercompany revenue of $10.5 million and $9.1 million for the years ended December 

31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, was 67.7% for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 73.4 % for the year ended 
December 31, 2014. The decrease of 5.7 percentage points was due to increased cost of revenues resulting from one-time charges (3.9 
percentage points), unfavorable variation in pricing and product mix (1.2 percentage points), increased royalty costs due to a change in 
product mix (0.6 percentage points) and an increase in instrument depreciation expense (0.5 percentage points), offset by a decrease in 
inventory reserves and adjustments (0.3 percentage points) and a decrease in amortization expense (0.2 percentage points).

Research and development. Research and development expense was $17.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 
compared to $16.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 representing an increase of $1.0 million, or 6.2%. The increase was 
primarily due to an increase in stock-based compensation based on a mark-to-market calculation of stock previously provided to 
outside consultants ($2.9 million), offset by a reduction in personnel costs ($1.5 million) and a reduction related to the timing of 
development activities and product launch schedules ($0.4 million).

In-process research and development. IPR&D expense was $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 

$0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The expense in 2015 and 2014 relates to initial purchase payments in connection 
with asset purchase agreements for which the underlying product was not technologically feasible at the time the asset was acquired.

Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expense was $51.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $55.8 

million for the year ended December 31, 2014 representing a decrease of $4.0 million, or 7.1%. The decrease was due primarily to a 
reduction in commission expense due to the reduction in revenue ($3.8 million).

General and administrative. General and administrative expense was $28.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 
compared to $34.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, representing a decrease of $5.9 million, or 17.4%. The decrease was 
due to a reduction in legal expenses associated with the Orthotec litigation ($4.8 million), a reduction in personnel expense ($0.7 
million), and a sales tax refund ($0.4 million).

Amortization of intangible assets. Amortization of intangible assets was $1.2 million for both of the years ended December 31, 

2015 and 2014. This expense represents amortization in the period for intangible assets associated with general business assets.

Goodwill and intangible assets impairment. The goodwill and intangible assets impairment of $164.3 million for the year ended 

December 31, 2015 is a result of our impairment test performed during the third quarter of 2015 triggered by the decline in our share 
price.  The impairment charge represents a full write off of our existing goodwill balance ($164.3 million).

Restructuring expenses. Restructuring expenses were $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. In July 2015, we 

announced a restructuring of our manufacturing operations in California in an effort to improve our cost structure. The restructuring 
includes a reduction in workforce and closing the California manufacturing facility.

Interest expense. Interest expense was $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $3.0 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2014, representing a decrease of $1.0 million. Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 
consisted primarily of interest related to loan agreements and lines of credit and the associated amortization expenses related to debt 
issuance costs. The increase was primarily due to higher debt balance during 2015 as compared to 2014.

Other income (expense), net. Other income (expense), net was income of $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 

compared to income of $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, representing an increase in income of $5.6 million. 
The increase was due primarily to a decline in the fair value of common stock warrant liability ($5.4 million).

Income tax (benefit) provision. Income tax (benefit) provision was a benefit of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 
2015 compared to a provision of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The 2015 income tax benefit from continuing 
operations consists primarily of the reversal of deferred tax liabilities associated with tax deductible goodwill, partially offset by state 
income taxes.  The 2014 income tax provision from continuing operations consists primarily of income tax provisions related to state 
income taxes and the tax effect of changes in deferred tax liabilities associated with tax deductible goodwill.

45

Discontinued operations. On July 25, 2016, we entered into the Purchase and Sale Agreement with Globus whereby we agreed 

to sell all of our International Business to Globus, including our wholly-owned subsidiaries in Japan, Brazil, Australia, China and 
Singapore and substantially all of the assets of our other sales operations in the United Kingdom and Italy, and on September 1, 2016, 
we completed the sale to Globus. As a result of our strategic decision to sell the International Business and focus on the U.S market, 
our consolidated statements of operations and the consolidated balance sheets reflect the financial results from the International 
Business as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, activity presented under discontinued operations in the  consolidated 
statements of operations represents our commercial operations the prior to the sale of the International Business in September 2016 
including certain intercompany sales transactions as the Company will have continuing involvement due to future sales to Globus 
under the Supply Agreement. Certain operating expenses were also allocated to the business activities associated with the discontinued 
operations as well as interest expense related to our debt that we repaid using the proceeds from the sale of the International Business.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We utilize certain financial measures that are not calculated based on U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or 

GAAP. Certain of these financial measures are considered “non-GAAP” financial measures within the meaning of Item 10 of 
Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC. We believe that non-GAAP financial measures reflect an additional way of viewing aspects 
of our operations that, when viewed with the GAAP results, provide a more complete understanding of our results of operations and 
the factors and trends affecting our business. These unaudited non-GAAP financial measures are also used by our management to 
evaluate financial results and to plan and forecast future periods. However, non-GAAP financial measures should be considered as a 
supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, the corresponding measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. Non-
GAAP financial measures used by us may differ from the non-GAAP measures used by other companies, including our competitors.

Adjusted EBITDA represents net income (loss) excluding the effects of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, stock-based 

compensation and other non-recurring income or expense items, such as in-process research and development expense and acquisition 
related transaction expenses, restructuring expenses, litigation exposure expenses, trial related legal costs and litigation settlement 
expenses. We believe that the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure to adjusted EBITDA is net income (loss). Adjusted 
EBITDA has limitations, however, and therefore, should not be considered either in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our 
results as reported under GAAP. Furthermore, adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to operating income (loss) 
or net income (loss) as a measure of operating performance or to net cash provided by operating, investing or financing activities, or as 
a measure of our ability to meet cash needs.

The following is a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to the most comparable GAAP measure, net loss, for the years ended 

December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

Net loss

Stock-based compensation
Depreciation
Amortization of intangible assets
Goodwill and intangible assets impairment
In-process research and development
Stock price guarantee
Interest expense, net
Loss on debt extinguishment
Income tax (benefit) provision
Other (income) expense, net
Restructuring and other expenses
Net loss from discontinued operations
Litigation expenses and trial costs

Adjusted EBITDA

Year Ended December 31,
2015
(178,676)  $
2,567    
10,802    
2,968    
164,263    
274    
4,878    
3,990    
—    
(1,146)   
(7,445)   
597    
7,423    
—    
10,495   $

2016
(29,925)  $
1,626    
7,387    
1,608    
1,736    
—    
1,815    
5,365    
9,478    
(4,634)   
715    
2,292    
3,624    
—    
1,087   $

2014
(12,882)
4,404 
9,542 
2,248 
— 
527 
— 
3,012 
— 
407 
(1,836)
36 
12,784 
4,779 
23,021  

 $

 $

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have incurred significant net losses since inception and relied on our ability to fund our operations through revenues from 
the sale of our products, equity financings and debt financings. As we have incurred losses, a successful transition to profitability is 
dependent upon achieving a level of revenues adequate to support our cost structure. This may not occur and, unless and until it does, 
we will continue to need to raise additional capital. At December 31, 2016, our principal sources of liquidity consisted of cash of 
$19.6 million and accounts receivable, net of $18.5 million.  Together with the proceeds of our $18.9 million private placement in 
March 2017, we currently estimate this will provide sufficient capital to fund our operations through at least the next 12 months.

Historically, our principal sources of cash have included customer payments from the sale of our products, proceeds from the 

issuance of common and preferred stock and proceeds from the issuance of debt. Our principal uses of cash have included cash used in 
operations, payments relating to purchases of surgical instruments, repayments of borrowings under the Amended Credit Facility, 
payments due under the Orthotec settlement agreement and acquisitions of businesses and intellectual property rights. We expect that 
our principal uses of cash in the future will be these same uses of cash. We expect that, as our revenues grow, our sales and marketing, 
research and development expenses and our capital expenditures will continue to grow and, as a result, we will need to generate 
significant net revenues to achieve profitability.  Operating losses and negative cash flows may continue for at least the next year as 
we continue to incur costs related to the execution of our operating plan and introduction of new products.

We may seek additional funds from public and private equity or debt financings, borrowings under new or existing debt 
facilities or other sources to fund our projected operating requirements.  However, there is no guarantee that we will be able to obtain 
further financing, or do so on reasonable terms. If we are unable to raise additional funds on a timely basis, or at all, we would be 
materially adversely affected.

On July 6, 2015, we announced a restructuring of our manufacturing operations in California in an effort to improve our cost 
structure.  The restructuring included a reduction in workforce and closing our California manufacturing facility. This restructuring 
was substantially completed in 2016. 

On July 25, 2016, we entered into the Purchase and Sale Agreement, with Globus, pursuant to which, and on the terms and 

subject to the conditions thereof, among other things, Globus agreed to acquire our International Business.  Upon the closing, of the 
Globus Transaction on September 1, 2016, or the Closing, Globus paid us $80 million in cash, subject to a working capital adjustment, 
or the Closing Payment. Following the Closing, we have used approximately $66 million of the Closing Payment to (i) repay in full all 
amounts outstanding and due under our credit facility with Deerfield and (ii) repay certain of our outstanding indebtedness under our 
Amended Credit Facility with MidCap, in each case, including debt-related costs. At the Closing, we also entered into the Globus 
Facility Agreement pursuant to which Globus agreed to loan us up to $30 million, of which $25 million was drawn at the Closing and 
an additional $5 million draw in the fourth quarter of 2016, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Globus Facility 
Agreement.

Following the Globus Transaction, the Company reduced its U.S. workforce by approximately 20%.  Our chief executive 

officer, chief financial officer and SVP, Global Human Resources also departed the Company at that time.  As a result of this 
workforce reduction and such departures, the Company incurred restructuring charges, of approximately $1.9 million, in connection 
with one-time employee termination costs, including severance and other benefits.

A substantial portion of our available cash funds is held in business accounts with reputable financial institutions. At times, 

however, our deposits, may exceed federally insured limits and thus we may face losses in the event of insolvency of any of the 
financial institutions where our funds are deposited. We did not hold any marketable securities as of December 31, 2016.

Amended Credit Facility and Other Debt

On August 30, 2013, we entered into the Amended Credit Facility, which amended and restated the prior credit facility that we 

had with MidCap. On September 1, 2016, we entered into a Fifth Amendment to the MidCap Amended Facility Agreement, or the 
MidCap Fifth Amendment, that: (a) permitted (i) the Globus Transaction, (ii) the release of Alphatec International LLC and Alphatec 
Pacific, Inc. as credit parties, (iii) the payment in full of all obligations to Deerfield  under the Facility Agreement between us and 
Deerfield, dated as of March 17, 2014, as amended to date, or the Deerfield Facility Agreement, and (iv) the incurrence of debt under 
the Globus Facility Agreement and the granting of liens in favor of Globus, (b) reduced the revolving credit commitment to $22.5 
million and the term loan commitment to $5 million, (c) revised the existing financial covenant package, and (d) extended the 
commitment expiry date from December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2019. In connection with the prepayment of the term loan under 
the Amended Credit Facility, we incurred a prepayment fee of $0.6 million payable to MidCap.

47

The term loan interest rate is priced at the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, plus 8.0%, subject to a 9.5% floor, and 

the revolving line of credit interest rate remains priced at LIBOR plus 6.0%, reset monthly. At December 31, 2016, the revolving line 
of credit carried an interest rate of 6.6% and the term loan carries an interest rate of 9.5%. The borrowing base is determined, from 
time to time, based on the value of domestic eligible accounts receivable and domestic eligible inventory. As collateral for the 
Amended Credit Facility, we granted MidCap a security interest in substantially all of its assets, including all accounts receivable and 
all securities evidencing its interests in our subsidiaries. In addition to monthly payments of interest, monthly repayments of $0.2 
million in 2017 and $0.3 million in 2018 through maturity are due, with the remaining principal due upon maturity.

The Amended Credit Facility includes traditional lending and reporting covenants including a liquidity calculation and a fixed 
charge coverage ratio to be maintained by us. The Amended Credit Facility also includes several event of default provisions, such as 
payment default, insolvency conditions and a material adverse effect clause, which could cause interest to be charged at a rate which is 
up to five percentage points above the rate effective immediately before the event of default or result in MidCap’s right to declare all 
outstanding obligations immediately due and payable.  

On March 11, 2016, we entered into a Third Amendment and Waiver to the Amended Credit Facility with MidCap, or the Third 
Amendment to the Amended Credit Facility. The Third Amendment to the Amended Credit Facility extended the maturity date of the 
Amended Credit Facility from August 30, 2016 to December 31, 2016 and contains an amendment fee in the amount of $0.5 million, 
which is due and payable at the earlier of the termination of the Amended Credit Facility or the maturity date. The Third Amendment 
to the Amended Credit Facility also contains a waiver of the December 2015 defaults under the Facility Agreement, provides a waiver 
for the fixed charge coverage ratio for January 2016 and eliminates the fixed charge coverage ratio covenant for February 2016.  At 
December 31, 2016, $1.9 million remains as unamortized debt discount related to the Amended Credit Facility and the prior credit 
facility with MidCap within the unaudited consolidated balance sheet, which will be amortized over the remaining term of the 
Amended Credit Facility.

On August 8, 2016, we entered into a Fourth Amendment to the Amended Credit Facility with MidCap, or the Fourth 
Amendment to the Amended Credit Facility. The Fourth Amendment to the Amended Credit Facility provided for a $2.2 million 
increase to the borrowing base until September 15, 2016, and includes an amendment fee of $0.2 million, which was due and paid on 
August 8, 2016. The Fourth Amendment to the Amended Credit Facility also contains a waiver for the May and June 2016 non-
compliances.

On March 17, 2014, we entered into the Deerfield Facility Agreement, pursuant to which Deerfield agreed to loan us up to $50 

million, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Deerfield Facility Agreement. Under the terms of the Deerfield Facility 
Agreement, we had the option, but were not required, upon certain conditions to draw the entire amount available under the Deerfield 
Facility Agreement, at any time until January 30, 2015, provided that the initial draw be used for a portion of the payments made in 
connection with the Orthotec settlement described above, or the Litigation Satisfaction. Following such initial draw down, we had the 
opportunity to draw down additional amounts under the Deerfield Facility Agreement up to an aggregate of $15.0 million for working 
capital or general corporate purposes. We agreed to pay Deerfield, upon each disbursement of funds under the Deerfield Facility 
Agreement, a transaction fee equal to 2.5% of the principal amount of the funds disbursed in addition to the issuance of additional 
warrants to purchase up to 833,333 shares of our common stock to Deerfield.  In connection with the execution of the Deerfield 
Facility Agreement, we issued to Deerfield warrants to purchase an aggregate of 520,833 shares of our common stock, or the Initial 
Warrants. Additionally, we agreed that upon each disbursement under the Deerfield Facility Agreement we would issue to Deerfield 
warrants to purchase up to 833,333 shares of our common stock, in proportion to the amount of draw compared to the total $50 
million facility, or the Draw Warrants.

In March 2014, we drew $26 million under the Deerfield Facility Agreement and received net proceeds of $25.4 million to fund 

a portion of the Orthotec settlement payment obligations. In November 2014, we drew an additional $6 million under the Deerfield 
Facility Agreement and received net proceeds of $5.9 million to fund additional Orthotec settlement payment obligations. The $0.7 
million in transaction fees were recorded as a debt discount and were being amortized over the term of the draw. In connection with 
this borrowing, we issued Draw Warrants to purchase 433,333 shares of common stock, which were valued at $5.6 million and 
recorded as a debt discount and were being amortized over the term of the draw.

On February 5, 2016, we entered into a Limited Waiver and Second Amendment to the Deerfield Facility Agreement, or the 

Deerfield Facility Agreement Second Amendment. The Deerfield Facility Agreement Second Amendment increased the interest rate 
under the Deerfield Facility Agreement from 8.75% per annum to 14.75% per annum. In addition, under the Deerfield Facility 
Agreement Second Amendment we had an option to elect to have (i) until August 30, 2016, six percent (6%), and (ii) thereafter, three 
percent (3%), in each case, of the interest on the outstanding principal amount under the Deerfield Facility Agreement paid in kind, 
which would be added to the outstanding principal amount under the Deerfield Facility Agreement and bear interest at the interest rate 
of 14.75% per annum, hereinafter referred to as the PIK Interest. All accrued and unpaid PIK Interest was due and payable when the 
outstanding amounts under the Deerfield Facility Agreement were due and payable thereunder or were fully repaid, whichever would 
occur first. The Deerfield Facility Agreement Second Amendment also contained an amendment fee in the amount of $0.6 million, 

48

which was due and payable in installments of $0.2 million in March 2017, March 2018 and March 2019 on the third, fourth and fifth 
anniversaries of the Deerfield Facility Agreement; provided, that all unpaid amendment fees shall be due and payable when the 
outstanding amounts under the Deerfield Facility Agreement were due and payable or were fully repaid, whichever occurs first. The 
Deerfield Facility Agreement Second Amendment also changed the prior date of March 31, 2017 to March 31, 2018, as the date 
through which we were obligated to pay interest in the event we prepay amounts outstanding under the Deerfield Facility Agreement 
prior to such date. The Deerfield Facility Agreement Second Amendment also contained the waivers of the defaults under the 
Deerfield Facility Agreement for the fixed charge coverage ratio through March 2016, but not for the default under the senior leverage 
ratio or total leverage ratio financial covenants.

As of December 31, 2016, Orthotec settlement payments of $27.4 million have been made. Additionally, an Orthotec settlement 

payment of $1.1 million was made on January 1, 2017. As of December 31, 2016, there remains aggregate of $30.4 million of 
Orthotec settlement payments to be paid by us.

In September 2016, in connection with the Globus Transaction, Deerfield exercised its right to convert all outstanding Initial 
Warrants and Draw Warrants into shares of our common stock based on the Black-Scholes value of the warrants. The outstanding 
warrants were converted into 268,614 shares of our common stock. Prior to the conversion, the outstanding warrants were periodically 
revalued to their fair value, included in other income/expense. The change in the fair value of the warrants resulted in an expense of 
$0.4 million and a gain of  $8.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, which is included in other non-
cash items in the  consolidated statements of cash flows.

On September 1, 2016, in connection with the Globus Transaction, we repaid in full all amounts outstanding and due under the 

Deerfield Facility Agreement and terminated the Deerfield Facility Agreement. Pursuant to the Globus Facility Agreement and the 
MidCap Fifth Amendment, we made a final payment of $33.5 million to Deerfield, consisting of outstanding principal and accrued 
interest of $27.9 million, a prepayment premium of $5.6 million and other related fees and expenses and wrote-off $3.9 million of 
unamortized expenses resulting in a loss on debt extinguishment of $9.5 million, which is included other income (expense) for the 
years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. The interest expense historically incurred in connection with the Deerfield Facility of $4.0 
million and $4.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, is included in the loss from discontinued 
operations to the extent these debt facilities were repaid using the proceeds from the Globus transaction.

On September 1, 2016, we entered into the Globus Facility Agreement, pursuant to which Globus agreed to loan us up to $30 

million, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Globus Facility Agreement. We made an initial draw of $25 million under 
the Globus Facility Agreement and a subsequent draw of $5 million. The remaining amount may be advanced in up to two additional 
draws, each in an aggregate amount of no less than $2 million, as requested by us at any time prior to December 31, 2017. As of 
December 31, 2016, the outstanding balance under the Globus Facility Agreement was $30.0 million, which becomes due and payable 
in quarterly payments of $0.8 million starting November 2018 and the final payment due on September 30, 2021. The term loan 
interest rate is priced at LIBOR plus 8.0% through September 1, 2018, and LIBOR plus 13.0%, thereafter.

As collateral for the Globus Facility Agreement, we granted Globus a first lien security interest in substantially all of our assets, 
other than accounts receivable and related assets, which will secure the Globus Facility Agreement on a second lien basis.  The Globus 
Facility Agreement includes traditional lending and reporting covenants including a liquidity calculation and a fixed charge coverage 
ratio to be maintained by us that are consistent with the covenants under the Amended Credit Facility. The financial covenants of the 
Globus Facility Agreement are not effective until April 2017. There is no assurance that we will be in compliance with the financial 
covenants of the Globus Facility Agreement in the future. The Globus Facility Agreement also includes several event of default 
provisions, such as payment default, insolvency conditions and a material adverse effect clause, which could cause interest to be 
charged at a rate which is up to five percentage points above the rate effective immediately before the event of default or result in 
Globus’s right to declare all outstanding obligations immediately due and payable.

We have various capital lease arrangements. The leases bear interest at rates ranging from 6.6% to 9.6%, are generally due in 

monthly principal and interest installments, are collateralized by the related equipment, and have various maturity dates through 
September 2018. As of December 31, 2016, the balance of these capital leases, net of interest totaled $0.7 million.

49

Operating Activities

We used net cash of $10.0 million from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2016. During this period, net cash 

used by operating activities primarily consisted of a net loss of $29.9 million and working capital and other assets used cash of $2.5 
million, which were offset by $22.5 million of non-cash costs including amortization, depreciation, gain on sale of business, loss on 
extinguishment of debt, deferred income taxes, stock-based compensation, provision for doubtful accounts, provision for excess and 
obsolete inventory, and interest expense related to amortization of debt discount and issuance costs. Working capital and other assets 
used cash of $2.6 million primarily consisted of an increase in inventories of $5.7 million and a decrease in accounts payable of $4.9 
million and accrued expenses and other of $3.5 million, partially offset by a decrease accounts receivable of $8.0 million, restricted 
cash of $2.4 million, prepaid expenses and other current assets of $1.3 million. The decrease in accounts receivable is primarily due to 
the sale of the International Business to Globus. The decrease in accounts payable is primarily due to use of the cash proceeds from 
the Globus Transaction to pay down payables.

Investing Activities

We provided cash of $62.0 million in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016, primarily due to the $69.8 

million of net proceeds we received from the sale of our International Business and cash from the sale of assets of $1.3 million.  We 
used $8.9 million of cash primarily for the purchase of surgical instruments.

Financing Activities

Financing activities used net cash of $43.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Under the Amended Credit Facility 
with MidCap, we made net principal payments totaling $16.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2016. We made principal 
payments on notes payable and capital leases totaling $54.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 for the payoff of the 
Deerfield Facility and substantially all of the term debt with Midcap.  We received proceeds from notes payable of $30 million from 
the Globus Facility Agreement.

Contractual obligations and commercial commitments

Total contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2016 are summarized in the following table (in 

thousands):

Amended Credit Facility with MidCap
Facility Agreement with Globus
Interest expense
Note payable for insurance premiums
Capital lease obligations
Operating lease obligations
Litigation settlement obligations
Guaranteed minimum royalty obligations
Stock price guarantee (1)
New product development milestones (2)
Total

Payment Due by Year
2019

2020

2021

—   $

  Total
 $ 17,873   $
   30,000    
   19,347    
1,395    
505    
7,246    
   30,433    
9,397    
6,704    
400    

  Thereafter  
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
8,833 
2,134 
— 
— 
 $123,300   $ 18,677   $ 19,088   $ 31,063   $ 13,921   $ 29,584   $ 10,967  

2018
2,379   $ 13,094   $
3,333    
1,667    
5,223    
4,573    
—    
—    
—    
68    
1,544    
1,557    
4,400    
4,400    
1,231    
2,006    
2,238    
2,238    
—    
200    

—   $
3,333     21,667    
2,028    
3,460    
—    
—    
—    
—    
971    
1,585    
4,000    
4,400    
918    
943    
—    
—    
—    
200    

2017
2,400   $
—    
4,063    
1,395    
437    
1,589    
4,400    
2,165    
2,228    
—    

(1) Based on our closing stock price as of December 30, 2016, the last trading date of the fiscal year, of $3.21 per share.  Pursuant 
to a three-year collaboration agreement, we agreed to make three annual payments to the collaborator as sole consideration for 
services provided, paid in our common stock at a per share price of $23.35, which was equal to the average NASDAQ closing 
price of the common stock on the five days leading up to and including the date of signing the collaboration agreement. The 
actual number of shares issued each year will be determined by the fair market value of the services provided over the prior 12 
months. The actual amount of cash settlement will vary depending on the price of our common stock at the respective settlement 
dates.

(2)

This commitment represents payments in cash, and is subject to attaining certain sales milestones, development milestones such 
as FDA approval, product design and functionality testing requirements, which we believe are reasonably likely to be achieved 
during the period from 2018 through 2020.

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
Real Property Leases

In February 2008, we entered into a sublease agreement, or the Sublease, for office, engineering, and research and development 
space in Carlsbad, California.  The Sublease term commenced May 2008 and ended on January 31, 2016. In January 2016, we entered 
into a new lease agreement, or the Building Lease, for the same property with the lease term through July 31, 2021. Under the original 
Sublease agreement, we were obligated to pay base rent and certain operating costs and taxes.  Monthly base rent payable by us was 
approximately $80,500 during the first year of the Sublease, increasing annually at a fixed annual rate of 2.5% to approximately 
$93,500 per month in the final year of the Sublease. Our rent was abated for months one through seven of the Sublease. Under the 
Sublease, we were required to provide the sublessor with a security deposit in the amount of approximately $93,500. Under the new 
Building Lease our monthly rent payable is approximately $105,000 per month during the first year and increases by approximately 
$3,000 each year thereafter. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2016, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial 

statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. The preparation of 
these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, 
revenues, expenses and related disclosures. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those related 
to revenue recognition, allowances for accounts receivable, inventories, goodwill and intangible assets, stock-based compensation and 
income taxes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable 
under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities 
that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions conditions.

We believe the following accounting policies to be critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our 

consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when all four of the following criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; 
(ii) delivery of the products and/or services has occurred; (iii) the selling price is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collectability is 
reasonably assured. In addition, we account for revenue under provisions which set forth guidelines for the timing of revenue 
recognition based upon factors such as passage of title, installation, payment and customer acceptance. Determination of criteria 
(iii) and (iv) are based on management’s judgment regarding the fixed nature of the fee charged for products delivered and the 
collectability of those fees. Specifically, our revenue from sales of spinal and other surgical implants is recognized upon receipt of 
written acknowledgment that the product has been used in a surgical procedure or upon shipment to third-party customers who 
immediately accept title to such implant. Should changes in conditions cause management to determine these criteria are not met for 
certain future transactions, revenues recognized for any reporting period could be adversely impacted.

The application of the multiple element guidance requires subjective determinations, and requires us to make judgments about 

the individual deliverables and whether such deliverables are separable from the other aspects of the contractual relationship. 
Deliverables are considered separate units of accounting provided that: (1) the delivered items has value to the customer on a stand-
alone basis and (2) if the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered items, delivery or performance of the 
undelivered items is considered probable and substantially in our control. In determining the units of accounting, we evaluate certain 
criteria, including whether the deliverables have stand-alone value, based on the consideration of the relevant facts and circumstances 
for each arrangement. In addition, we consider whether the buyer can use the other deliverables for their intended purpose without the 
receipt of the remaining elements, whether the value of the deliverable is dependent on the undelivered items, and whether there are 
other vendors that can provide the undelivered elements.

Revenue arrangements with multiple elements are divided into separate units of accounting if certain criteria are met, including 
whether the delivered element has stand-alone value to the customer. The consideration received is allocated among the separate units 
based on their respective fair values, and the applicable revenue recognition criteria are applied to each of the separate units. 
Arrangement consideration that is fixed or determinable is allocated among the separate units of accounting using the relative selling 
price method, and the applicable revenue recognition criteria are applied to each of the separate units of accounting in determining the 
appropriate period or pattern of recognition. We determine the estimated selling price for deliverables within each agreement using 
vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of selling price, if available, third-party evidence (TPE) of selling price if VSOE is not 
available, or management's best estimate of selling price (BESP) if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. Determining the BESP for a 
unit of accounting requires significant judgment. In developing the BESP for a unit of accounting, we consider applicable market 
conditions and relevant entity-specific factors, including factors that were contemplated in negotiating the agreement with the 
customer and estimated costs.

51

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost primarily determined under the first-in, first-out method. We 
review the components of inventory on a periodic basis for excess, obsolete and impaired inventory, and record a reserve for the 
identified items. We calculate an inventory reserve for estimated excess and obsolete inventory based upon historical turnover and 
assumptions about future demand for our products and market conditions. Our biologics product inventories are subject to demand 
fluctuations based on the availability and demand for alternative implant products. Our estimates and assumptions for excess and 
obsolete inventory are subject to uncertainty as we are continually reviewing our existing products and introducing new products. 
Increases in the reserve for excess and obsolete inventory result in a corresponding increase to cost of revenues and establish a new 
cost basis for the inventory component.

Valuation of Goodwill and Intangible Assets

We assess the impairment of our goodwill and intangible assets annually in December or whenever business conditions change 

and an earlier impairment indicator arises. This assessment requires us to make assumptions and judgments regarding the carrying 
value of these assets. These assets are considered to be impaired if we determine that their carrying value may not be recoverable 
based upon our assessment of certain events or changes in circumstances, including the following:

•

•

•

•

a determination that the carrying value of such assets cannot be recovered through undiscounted cash flows;

loss of legal ownership or title to the assets;

significant changes in our strategic business objectives and utilization of the assets; or

the impact of significant negative industry or economic trends.

If the assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment we recognize is the amount by which the carrying value of the assets 

exceeds the fair value of the assets. In the third quarter of 2015, the market value of our common stock substantially declined. This 
decline was considered to be a triggering indicator of potential impairment of our goodwill, and a goodwill impairment test was 
performed. We analyzed the carrying amount of goodwill for impairment under a two-part test in accordance with authoritative 
guidance.

We estimate the fair value in step one of the goodwill impairment test based on a combination of the income approach which 

includes discounted cash flows as well as a market approach that utilizes the market information.  The fair value measurements 
utilized to perform the impairment analysis are categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The discounted cash flow 
projections require management judgment with respect to forecasted sales, launch of new products, gross margins, selling, general and 
administrative expenses, capital expenditures and the selection and use of an appropriate discount rate and terminal growth rate. For 
purposes of calculating the discounted cash flows, in the third quarter of 2015 we used estimated revenue growth rates 
between 3% and 13% for the discrete forecast period. Cash flows beyond the discrete forecast period were estimated using a terminal 
value calculation, which incorporated historical and forecasted financial trends and considered long-term earnings growth rates for 
publicly traded peer companies. Future cash flows were then discounted to present value at a discount rate of 13.5%, and terminal 
value growth rate of 3%. Our market capitalization is also considered in assessing the reasonableness of the Company’s fair value as 
determined in step one of the goodwill impairment test. Our assessment resulted in a fair value that was lower than the Company’s 
carrying value of net assets.

Based on the result of step one of the impairment test, we determined that our goodwill was impaired and step two of the test 

was performed to measure the amount of goodwill impairment. As a result of step two, in the third quarter of 2015 we recorded a 
goodwill impairment charge of $164.3 million, representing the write-off of the remaining balance of goodwill.

Significant management judgment is required in the forecast of future operating results that are used in our impairment analysis. 
The estimates we used are consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to manage our business. Significant assumptions utilized 
in our income approach model included the growth rate of sales for recently introduced products and the introduction of anticipated 
new products similar to our historical growth rates. Another important assumption involved in forecasted sales is the projected mix of 
higher margin U.S. based sales and lower margin non-U.S. based sales. Additionally, we have projected an improvement in our gross 
margin similar to our historical improvements in gross margins, as a result of forecasted mix in U.S. sales versus non-U.S. based sales 
and lower manufacturing cost per unit based on the increase in forecasted volume to absorb applied overhead over the next 10 years.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation under provisions which require that share-based payment transactions with 

employees be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair value and recognized as compensation expense over the 
vesting period. The amount of expense recognized during the period is affected by subjective assumptions, including: estimates of our 
future volatility, the expected term for our stock options, the number of options expected to ultimately vest, and the timing of vesting 
for our share-based awards.

52

We use a Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of our stock option awards. The calculation of the fair 

value of the awards using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model is affected by our stock price on the date of grant as well as 
assumptions regarding the following:

•

•

•

•

Estimated volatility is a measure of the amount by which our stock price is expected to fluctuate each year during the 
expected life of the award. Our estimated volatility through December 31, 2016 was based on our actual historical 
volatility. An increase in the estimated volatility would result in an increase to our stock-based compensation expense.

The expected term represents the period of time that awards granted are expected to be outstanding. Our estimated 
expected term through December 31, 2016 was calculated using a weighted-average term based on historical exercise 
patterns and the term from option grant date to exercise for the options granted within the specified date range. An 
increase in the expected term would result in an increase to our stock-based compensation expense.

The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield curve of a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bond on the date the stock option 
award is granted with a maturity equal to the expected term of the stock option award. An increase in the risk-free interest 
rate would result in an increase to our stock-based compensation expense.

The assumed dividend yield is based on our expectation of not paying dividends in the foreseeable future.

We use historical data to estimate the number of future stock option forfeitures. Share-based compensation recorded in our 

consolidated statement of operations is based on awards expected to ultimately vest and has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. 
Our estimated forfeiture rates may differ from our actual forfeitures which would affect the amount of expense recognized during the 
period.

We account for stock option grants to non-employees under provisions which require that the fair value of these instruments be 

recognized as an expense over the period in which the related services are rendered.

Share-based compensation expense of awards with performance conditions is recognized over the period from the date the 

performance condition is determined to be probable of occurring through the time the applicable condition is met. Determining the 
likelihood and timing of achieving performance conditions is a subjective judgment made by management which may affect the 
amount and timing of expense related to these share-based awards. Share-based compensation is adjusted to reflect the value of 
options which ultimately vest as such amounts become known in future periods. As a result of these subjective and forward-looking 
estimates, the actual value of our share-based awards could differ significantly from those amounts recorded in our financial 
statements.

Stock-based compensation has been classified as follows in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations (in 

thousands, except per share data):

Cost of revenues
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative

Total

Effect on basic and diluted net loss per share

Year Ended December 31,
2015

2014

2016

 $

 $
 $

36   $
438    
258    
894    
1,626   $
(0.19)  $

72   $
286    
316    
1,893    
2,567   $
(0.31)  $

274 
2,080 
385 
1,665 
4,404 
(0.54)

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with provisions which set forth an asset and liability approach that requires the 

recognition of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences 
between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to 
reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not expected to be realized. In making such a determination, a review 
of all available positive and negative evidence must be considered, including scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected 
future taxable income, tax planning strategies, and recent financial performance.

We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of the income tax provision.

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued new accounting guidance related to revenue 
recognition. This new standard replaces all current U.S. GAAP guidance on this topic and eliminates all industry-specific guidance. 
The new revenue recognition standard provides a unified model to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The core principle 
is that a company should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects 
the consideration for which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This guidance, including all 
subsequent clarifications, is effective for our annual and interim reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 
and can be applied either retrospectively to each period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. We 
performed a preliminary assessment of the impact of adopting the new standard on the Consolidated Financial Statements and 
considered all items outlined in the standard.  In assessing the impact, we have outlined all revenue generating activities, mapped 
those activities to performance obligations and traced those performance obligations to the standard.  We are now assessing what 
impact the change in standard will have on those performance obligations.  We will continue to evaluate the future impact and method 
of adoption of the new standard and related amendments on the Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures throughout 
2017.  

In August 2014, the FASB issued guidance related to disclosures of uncertainties about an entity’s ability to continue as a going 
concern. The guidance requires management to evaluate whether there are conditions and events that raise substantial doubt about the 
entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the financial statements are issued. Management will be required 
to make this evaluation for both annual and interim reporting periods and will have to make certain disclosures if it concludes that 
substantial doubt exists or when its plans alleviate substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. 
Substantial doubt exists when relevant conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, indicate that it is probable that the entity 
will be unable to meet its obligations as they become due within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. The 
guidance is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016 and for interim reporting periods thereafter. We adopted the 
standard for the annual reporting period ending December 31, 2016.

In April 2015, the FASB issued guidance, which amends current presentation guidance by requiring that debt issuance costs 
related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt 
liability, consistent with debt discounts. Prior to the issuance this guidance, debt issuance costs were required to be presented as an 
asset in the balance sheet. We adopted the provisions of the new guidance during the interim period ended March 31, 2016 and prior 
period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. As of December 31, 2015, $0.4 million of debt 
issuance costs were reclassified in the consolidated balance sheet from prepaid expenses and other current assets to current portion of 
long-term debt. The adoption of this guidance did not impact our consolidated statement of operations, comprehensive loss or cash 
flows.

In July 2015, the FASB issued new accounting guidance, which changes the measurement principle for inventory from the 
lower of cost or market to lower of cost and net realizable value for entities that do not measure inventory using the last-in, first-out or 
retail inventory method. The guidance also eliminates the requirement for these entities to consider replacement cost or net realizable 
value less an approximately normal profit margin when measuring inventory. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning 
after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting this 
new accounting standard on our financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance, which changes several aspects of the accounting for leases, 

including the requirement that all leases with durations greater than twelve months to be recognized on the balance sheet. The 
guidance is effective for annual periods and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. We are currently 
evaluating the impact of adopting this new accounting standard on our financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance, which changes several aspects of the accounting for share-based 
payment award transactions, including accounting and cash flow classification for excess tax benefits and deficiencies, forfeitures, and 
tax withholding requirements and cash flow classification. The guidance is effective for annual periods and interim periods in fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2016. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting this new accounting standard on our 
financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance, which eliminates the diversity in practice related to the 

classification of certain cash receipts and payments in the statement of cash flows, by adding or clarifying guidance on eight specific 
cash flow issues. The guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early 
adoption permitted. The amendments in this update should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented, unless deemed 
impracticable, in which case, prospective application is permitted. We are currently evaluating the new guidance and have not 
determined the impact this standards update may have on our financial statements.

54

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

Our borrowings under our line of credit expose us to market risk related to changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2016, 
our outstanding floating rate indebtedness totaled $47.3 million. The primary base interest rate is LIBOR. Assuming the outstanding 
balance on our floating rate indebtedness remains constant over a year, a 100 basis point increase in the interest rate would decrease 
pre-tax income and cash flow by approximately $0.5 million. Other outstanding debt consists of fixed rate instruments, including 
notes payable and capital leases.

Commodity Price Risk

We purchase raw materials that are processed from commodities, such as titanium and stainless steel. These purchases expose us 

to fluctuations in commodity prices. Given the historical volatility of certain commodity prices, this exposure can impact our product 
costs. However, because our raw material prices comprise a small portion of our cost of revenues, we have not experienced any 
material impact on our results of operations from changes in commodity prices. A 10% change in commodity prices would not have a 
material impact on our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The consolidated financial statements and supplementary data required by this item are set forth at the pages indicated in 

Item 15.

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the 

reports we file or submit pursuant to the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods 
specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive 
Officer and Principal Financial Officer, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions 
regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any 
controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired 
control objectives, and management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls 
and procedures.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Principal 

Financial Officer, we carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and 
procedures (as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer concluded that 
our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file 
or submit under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s 
rules and forms, and is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Principal 
Financial Officer, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and 

maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f)) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections 

of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

55

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, has performed an assessment of our 

internal control over financial reporting described in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework” (2013 framework) issued by the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The objective of this assessment was to determine whether our 
internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2016.  Based on this assessment, management concluded 
that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2016.

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm 
regarding internal control over financial reporting. We were not required to have, nor have we, engaged our independent registered 
public accounting firm to perform an audit of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to SEC rules that permit us to provide 
only management's report in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Remediation of Previously Reported Material Weakness

In our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 filed with the SEC on March 15, 2016, we reported 
a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting in which we failed to design effective controls over the release of 
inventory cost through cost of goods sold at our significant wholly owned subsidiary. To address the material weakness described 
above, during the first quarter of 2016, we designed and implemented new and enhanced compensating controls at the consolidated 
level to ensure that the calculation of inventory cost release is accurate and that the appropriate level of review is performed. During 
the third quarter of 2016, as part of our transaction to sell our International Business to Globus, we sold the subsidiary where the 
respective material weakness previously existed.

We believe that these remediation measures have strengthened our internal control over financial reporting and remediated the 

material weakness we had identified. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with our evaluation of such 

internal control that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2016 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to 
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.

Other Information

On March 30, 2017, Alphatec Holdings, Alphatec Spine and Midcap entered into a Sixth Amendment (the “Midcap Sixth 
Amendment”) to the Amended Credit Facility with Midcap. The Midcap Sixth Amendment amends the defined time periods during 
which we are required to calculate the fixed charge coverage ratio in order to determine our compliance with the applicable covenants 
of the Amended Credit Facility with Midcap. 

On March 30, 2017, Alphatec Holdings, Alphatec Spine and Globus entered into a First Amendment (the “Globus First 
Amendment”) to the Globus Facility Agreement. The Globus First Amendment amends the defined time periods during which we are 
required to calculate the fixed charge coverage ratio in order to determine our compliance with the applicable covenants of the Globus 
Facility Agreement.

The foregoing descriptions do not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Midcap Sixth 
Amendment and the Globus First Amendment, copies of which will be filed with the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for 
the period ended March 31, 2017.

56

 
PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by Item 10 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the discussion 

responsive thereto under the captions “Management,” “Corporate Governance Matters,” “Compliance with Section 16(a) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934,” and “Code of Conduct and Ethics” in our Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders.

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

The information required by Item 11 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the discussion 
responsive thereto under the captions “Executive Officer and Director Compensation,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” 
“Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “Compensation Committee Report,” and “Compensation Practices 
and Policies Relating to Risk Management” in our Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the discussion 

responsive thereto under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity 
Compensation Plan Information” and the planned proposal entitled “Adoption of Equity Incentive Plan” in our Proxy Statement for 
the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by Item 13 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the discussion 
responsive thereto under the captions “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” “Management” and “Corporate Governance 
Matters” in our Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by Item 14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the discussion 
responsive thereto under the caption “Independent Public Accountants” in our Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders.

57

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

Item 15 (a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

PART IV

(1) Financial Statements:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(2) Financial Statement Schedules:

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Page

F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-9

F-36

All other financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable, not required or the information 

required is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 15(a)(3) Exhibits List

The following is a list of exhibits filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Exhibit
Number

Exhibit Description

Filed
with this
Report

2.1

2.2

2.3

3.1

3.2

3.3

4.1

Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of July 
25, 2016, by and between Alphatec Holdings, 
Inc. and Globus Medical Ireland, Ltd.

First Amendment to Purchase and Sale 
Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2016, by 
and between Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and 
Globus Medical Ireland, Ltd.

Second Amendment to Purchase and Sale 
Agreement and First Amendment to Product 
Manufacture and Supply Agreement, dated as of 
February 9, 2017, by and between Alphatec 
Holdings, Inc. and Globus Medical Ireland, Ltd.

X

Restated Certificate of Incorporation

Amendment to Restated Certificate of 
Incorporation

Restated Bylaws

Form of Common Stock Certificate

58

Incorporated by
Reference herein
from Form or
Schedule

Form 8-K
(Exhibit 2.1)

Form 8-K
(Exhibit 2.1)

Filing
Date

SEC File/
Reg.
Number

07/26/16

000-52024

09/08/16

000-52024

Amendment No. 2 to
Form S-1
(Exhibit 3.2)

Form 8-K
(Exhibit 3.1(B))

Amendment No. 5 to
Form S-1
(Exhibit 3.4)

Form 10-K
(Exhibit 4.1)

04/20/06

333-131609

08/24/16

000-52024

05/26/06

333-131609

03/20/14

333-131609

Incorporated by
Reference herein
from Form or
Schedule

Form 8-K
(Exhibit 10.1)

Form 8-K
(Exhibit 4.1)

Form 10-K
(Exhibit 4.8)

Form 8-K
(Exhibit 4.1)

Filing
Date

SEC File/
Reg.
Number

12/22/09

000-52024

03/31/10

000-52024

03/05/12

000-52024

03/19/14

000-52024

Form 10-K
(Exhibit 10.2)

03/15/16

000-52024

Form 10-Q/A
(Exhibit 10.1)

10/21/15

000-52024

Form 8-K/A
(Exhibit 10.3)

10/21/15

000-52024

Form 10-Q
(Exhibit 10.1)

11/03/15

000-52024

Form 10-Q
(Exhibit 10.3)

11/09/16

000-52024

Exhibit
Number

Exhibit Description

Filed
with this
Report

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

10.1

10.2†

10.3†

10.4†

10.5†

10.6†

Corporate Governance Agreement, dated 
December 17, 2009, between the Company and 
certain shareholders of Scient’x Groupe S.A.S. 
and Scient’x S.A.

Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 26, 
2010, by and among Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 
and the other signatories thereto

Warrant with Silicon Valley Bank as the 
Warrantholder, dated December 16, 2011

Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock 
issued to each of Deerfield Private Design Fund 
II, L.P., Deerfield Private Design International 
II, L.P., Deerfield Special Situations Fund, L.P. 
and Deerfield Special Situations International 
Master Fund, L.P. (collectively, “Deerfield”) on 
each of March 17, 2014 and November 21, 
2014.

Real Property Lease Agreements

Lease Agreement by and between Alphatec 
Holdings, Inc. and Fenton Property Company., 
dated as of January 21, 2016

Loan Agreements

Amended and Restated Credit, Security and 
Guaranty Agreement dated August 30, 2013 by 
and among Alphatec Holdings, Inc., Alphatec 
Spine, Inc., Alphatec International LLC, 
Alphatec Pacific, Inc. and MidCap Funding IV, 
LLC

First Amendment to Amended and Restated 
Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement, dated 
March 17, 2014, with MidCap Funding IV, LLC 
as Administrative Agent and lender and other 
lenders from time to time a party thereto

Second Amendment to the Amended and 
Restated Credit, Security and Guaranty 
Agreement, dated July 10, 2015, with MidCap 
Funding IV Trust, as a lender and other lenders 
from time to time a party thereto

Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated 
Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement, dated 
March 11, 2016, with MidCap Funding IV Trust, 
as a lender and other lenders from time to time a 
party thereto

Fourth Amendment to the Amended and 
Restated Credit, Security and Guaranty 
Agreement, dated August 8, 2016, with MidCap 
Funding IV Trust, as a lender and other lenders 
from time to time a party thereto

X

59

Exhibit
Number

10.7†

10.8

10.9†

10.10

10.11

10.12

Exhibit Description

Consent and Fifth Amendment to the Amended 
and Restated Credit, Security and Guaranty 
Agreement, dated September 1, 2016 with 
MidCap Funding IV Trust, as a lender and other 
lenders from time to time a party thereto

Amended and Restated Term Loan Note, dated 
July 10, 2015, with MidCap Funding IV Trust

Facility Agreement, dated March 17, 2014, by 
and among Alphatec Holdings, Inc., Deerfield 
Private Design Fund II, L.P., Deerfield Private 
Design International II, L.P., Deerfield Special 
Situations Fund, L.P., and Deerfield Special 
Situations International Master Fund, L.P.

First Amendment to the Facility Agreement, 
dated July 10, 2015, by and among Alphatec 
Holdings, Inc., Deerfield Private Design Fund 
II, L.P., Deerfield Private Design International 
II, L.P., and Deerfield Special Situations Fund, 
L.P.

Limited Waiver and Second Amendment to the 
Facility Agreement, dated February 5, 2016, by 
and among Alphatec Holdings, Inc., Deerfield 
Private Design Fund II, L.P., Deerfield Private 
Design International II, L.P., and Deerfield 
Special Situations Fund, L.P.

Guaranty and Security Agreement, dated March 
17, 2014 by and among Alphatec Holdings, Inc., 
Alphatec Spine, Inc., Alphatec International 
LLC, Alphatec Pacific, Inc., Deerfield Private 
Design Fund II, L.P., Deerfield Private Design 
International II, L.P., Deerfield Special 
Situations Fund, L.P., and Deerfield Special 
Situations International Master Fund, L.P.

Filed
with this
Report

Incorporated by
Reference herein
from Form or
Schedule

Form 10-Q
(Exhibit 10.3)

Form 10-Q
(Exhibit 10.3)

Form 8-K/A
(Exhibit 10.1)

Filing
Date

SEC File/
Reg.
Number

11/09/16

000-52024

11/03/15

000-52024

10/21/15

000-52024

Form 10-Q
(Exhibit 10.2)

10/03/15

000-52024

Form 10-Q
(Exhibit 10.1)

05/06/16

000-52024

Form 8-K
(Exhibit 10.2)

03/19/14

000-52024

10.13†

Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement, dated 
September 1, 2016 with Globus Medic, Inc.

Form 10-Q
(Exhibit 10.1)

11/09/16

000-52024

Agreements with Respect to Product Supply, Collaborations, Licenses, Research and Development

10.14†

10.15†

10.16†

Supply Agreement by and between Alphatec 
Spine, Inc. and Invibio, Inc., dated as of 
October 18, 2004 and amended by Letter of 
Amendment in respect of the Supply 
Agreement, dated as of December 13, 2004

Letter Amendment between Alphatec Spine, 
Inc. and Invibio, Inc., dated November 24, 2010

Collaboration Agreement by and among 
Alphatec Spine, Inc., Elite Medical Holdings, 
LLC and Pac 3 Surgical Products, LLC, dated 
as of October 22, 2013

Amendment No. 4 to
Form S-1
(Exhibit 10.29)

05/15/06

333-131609

Form 10-Q
(Exhibit 10.3)

Form 10-K
(Exhibit 10.26)

05/06/11

000-52024

03/20/14

333-18790

60

Exhibit
Number

10.17

10.18†

10.19*

10.20*

10.21*

10.22*

10.23*

10.24*

10.25*

10.26*

10.27*

10.28*

10.29*

10.30*

Exhibit Description

First Amendment to the Collaboration 
Agreement by and among Alphatec Spine, Inc., 
Elite Medical Holdings, LLC and Pac 3 Surgical 
Products, LLC, dated November 2, 2015

Product Manufacture and Supply Agreement, 
dated September 1, 2016 with Globus Medical 
Ireland, Ltd.

Agreements with Officers and Directors

Employment Agreement by and among 
Alphatec Spine, Inc., Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 
and Michael O’Neill, dated October 11, 2010

Michael O’Neill Separation of Employment 
Agreement, effective as of September 15, 2016

Employment Agreement, dated February 26, 
2012, by and among Alphatec Holdings, Inc., 
Alphatec Spine, Inc, and Leslie Cross

Amendment to the Employment Agreement by 
and among Les Cross, Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 
and Alphatec Spine, Inc., dated May 1, 2014

Amendment to the Employment Agreement by 
and among Les Cross, Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 
and Alphatec Spine, Inc., dated September 15, 
2016

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement 
by and among Alphatec Holdings, Inc., 
Alphatec Spine, Inc. and Ebun S. Garner, Esq., 
dated July 17, 2006

Employment Agreement by and among James 
M. Corbett, Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and 
Alphatec Spine, Inc., dated April 25, 2014

James M. Corbett Separation of Employment 
Agreement, effective as of September 15, 2016

Employment Agreement by and among Michael 
Plunkett, Alphatec Spine, Inc., and Alphatec 
Holdings, Inc., dated February 17, 2014

Amendment to the Employment Agreement, by 
and among Michael Plunkett, Alphatec 
Holdings, Inc. and Alphatec Spine, Inc., 
effective as of September 15, 2016

Filed
with this
Report

Incorporated by
Reference herein
from Form or
Schedule

Form 10-K
(Exhibit 10.16)

Filing
Date

SEC File/
Reg.
Number

03/15/16

000-52024

Form 10-Q
(Exhibit 10.2)

11/09/16

000-52024

Form 10-Q
(Exhibit 10.2)

Form 10-Q
(Exhibit 10.7)

Form 10-Q
(Exhibit 10.1)

Form 10-K
(Exhibit 10.23)

Form 10-Q
(Exhibit 10.4)

11/08/10

000-52024

11/09/16

000-52024

05/08/12

000-52024

02/27/15

000-52024

11/09/16

000-52024

Form 10-K
(Exhibit 10.20)

03/07/08

000-52024

Form 10-Q
(Exhibit 10.1)

Form 10-Q
(Exhibit 10.6)

Form 10-Q
(Exhibit 10.4)

Form 10-Q
(Exhibit 10.5)

07/31/14

000-52024

11/09/16

000-52024

05/01/14

000-52024

11/09/16

000-52024

Employment Agreement by and among Terry 
Rich, Alphatec Spine, Inc., and Alphatec 
Holdings, Inc., dated , 2016

X

Form of Indemnification Agreement entered 
into with each of the Company’s non-employee 
directors

Form 10-Q
(Exhibit 10.5)

05/05/09

000-52024

61

Incorporated by
Reference herein
from Form or
Schedule

Form 10-K
(Exhibit 10.25)

Form S-8
(Exhibit 99.1)

Schedule 14A 
(Appendix B)

Form 10-Q
(Exhibit 10.1)

Form 10-K
(Exhibit 10.40)

Form 10-K
(Exhibit 10.41)

Form 10-K
(Exhibit 10.42)

Form 10-Q
(Exhibit 10.2)

Schedule 14A 
(Appendix C)

Form S-8
(Exhibit 10.1)

Form S-8
(Exhibit 10.2)

Form S-8 
(Exhibit 10.2)

Form S-8
(Exhibit 10.3)

Form S-8
(Exhibit 10.4)

Form S-8
(Exhibit 10.5)

Filing
Date

SEC File/
Reg.
Number

03/15/16

000-52024

03/23/13

333-187190

06/11/13

000-52024

10/30/14

000-52024

03/05/13

000-52024

03/05/13

000-52024

03/05/14

000-52024

10/30/14

000-52024

06/11/13

000-52024

10/05/16

333-213981

10/05/16

333-213981

12/12/16

333-215036

10/05/16

333-213981

10/05/16

333-213981

10/05/16

333-213981

Exhibit
Number

10.31*

10.32*

10.33*

10.34*

10.35*

10.36*

10.37*

10.38*

10.39*

10.40*

10.41*

10.42*

10.43*

10.44*

10.45*

Exhibit Description

Vesting Acceleration Agreement by and 
between James Glynn and Alphatec Holdings, 
Inc., dated November 2, 2015

Equity Compensation Plans

Amended and Restated 2005 Employee, 
Director and Consultant Stock Plan

Amendment to the Amended and Restated 2005 
Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan

Amendment to the Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 
Amended and Restated 2005 Employee, 
Director and Consultant Stock Plan

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option 
Agreement issued under the Amended and 
Restated 2005 Stock Plan

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement 
issued under the Amended and Restated 2005 
Stock Plan

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement issued 
under the Amended and Restated 2005 Stock 
Plan

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Unit 
Agreement issued under the Amended and 
Restated 2005 Employee, Director and 
Consultant Stock Plan, as amended.

Amended and Restated 2007 Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan

Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive 
Plan

Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 2016 Employment 
Inducement Award Plan

First Amendment to the Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 
2016 Employment Inducement Award Plan

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and 
Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 
the Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 2016 Employment 
Inducement Award Plan

Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock 
Option Agreement under the Alphatec Holdings, 
Inc. 2016 Employment Inducement Award Plan

Form of Performance Stock-Based Award Grant 
Notice and Performance Stock-Based Award 
Agreement under the Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 
2016 Employment Inducement Award Plan

Filed
with this
Report

62

Filed
with this
Report

Incorporated by
Reference herein
from Form or
Schedule

Filing
Date

SEC File/
Reg.
Number

Form 10-Q
(Exhibit 10.3)

10/30/14

000-52024

X

X

X

X

X

Exhibit
Number

10.46

21.1

23.1

31.1

31.2

32

101.1

101.2

101.3

101.4

101.5

101.6

Exhibit Description

Settlement Agreements

Settlement and Release Agreement, dated as of 
August 13, 2014, by and among Alphatec 
Holdings, Inc. and its direct and indirect 
subsidiaries and affiliates, Orthotec, LLC, 
Patrick Bertranou and the other parties named 
therein

Subsidiaries of the Registrant and Wholly 
Owned Subsidiaries of the Registrant's 
Subsidiaries

Consent of Independent Registered Public 
Accounting Firm

Certification of Principal Executive Officer 
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002

Certification of Principal Financial Officer 
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as 
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

XBRL Instance Document**

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema 
Document**

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation 
Linkbase Document**

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition 
Linkbase Document**

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase 
Document**

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation 
Linkbase Document**

(*) Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

(†) Confidential treatment has been granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission as to certain portions.

(**) Confidential treatment is being requested as to certain portions of this exhibit.

63

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 

report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

Dated: March 30, 2017

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

By:
Name:
Title:

/S/    TERRY M. RICH
Terry M. Rich
Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons 

on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature

Title

Date

/S/    MORTIMER BERKOWITZ III
Mortimer Berkowitz III

Chairman of the Board of Directors, 

March 30, 2017

/S/    TERRY M. RICH
Terry M. Rich

Director and Chief Executive Officer, 
(Principal Executive Officer)

March 30, 2017

/S/    DENNIS T. NELSON
Dennis T. Nelson

Vice President, Finance and Controller, 
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

March 30, 2017

/S/    LESLIE H.CROSS
Leslie H. Cross

/S/    DAVID R. MOWRY
David R. Mowry

/S/    R. IAN MOLSON
R. Ian Molson

/S/    STEPHEN E. O’NEIL
Stephen E. O’Neil

/S/    DONALD A. WILLIAMS
Donald A. Williams

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

March 30, 2017

March 30, 2017

March 30, 2017

March 30, 2017

March 30, 2017

64

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page

F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-9

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Alphatec Holdings, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Alphatec Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, 

and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and cash flows for each of 
the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at 
Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to 
express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). 
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are 
free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 
Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are 
appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal 
control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence 
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable 
basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial 
position of Alphatec Holdings, Inc. at December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows 
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 
Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a 
whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Diego, California
March 30, 2017

F-2

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except par value data)

December 31,

2016

2015

Assets

Current assets:

Cash
Restricted cash
Accounts receivable, net
Inventories, net
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Current assets of discontinued operations

Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Intangibles, net
Other assets
Noncurrent assets of discontinued operations
Total assets

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Common stock warrant liabilities
Current portion of long-term debt
Current liabilities of discontinued operations

Total current liabilities
Long-term debt, less current portion
Other long-term liabilities
Long-term liabilities of discontinued operations
Redeemable preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 20,000 authorized at December 31, 2016
   and 2015; 3,319 shares issued and outstanding at both December 31, 2016 and 2015
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ deficit:

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 200,000 authorized; 9,049 and 8,513
   shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively
Treasury stock, 2 shares
Additional paid-in capital
Shareholder note receivable
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Accumulated deficit
Total stockholders’ deficit
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

19,593 
— 
18,512 
30,093 
4,262 
364 
72,824 
15,076 
5,711 
516 
61 
94,188 

8,701 
27,589 
— 
3,113 
732 
40,135 
43,092 
28,862 
— 

23,603 

1 
(97)    

419,787 

(5,000)    
970 
(457,165)    
(41,504)    
  $
94,188 

6,295 
2,350 
26,870 
32,632 
3,138 
30,210 
101,495 
16,081 
8,806 
502 
19,457 
146,341 

13,542 
21,175 
687 
79,742 
9,891 
125,037 
480 
32,281 
1,516 

23,603 

1 
(97)
416,948 
(5,000)
(21,188)
(427,240)
(36,576)
146,341  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

Revenues
Cost of revenues
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Research and development
In-process research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Amortization of intangible assets
Goodwill and intangible assets impairment
Restructuring expenses
Total operating expenses

Operating (loss) income
Other income (expense):
Interest income
Interest expense
Loss on debt extinguishment
Other income (expense), net

Total other income (expense)
Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes
Income tax (benefit) provision
Loss from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations, net of applicable taxes
Net loss

Loss per share, basic:

Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Net loss per share, basic
Net loss per share, diluted:
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Net loss per share, diluted
Shares used in calculating basic net loss per share
Shares used in calculating diluted net loss per share

2016

Year Ended December 31,
2015

2014

  $

  $

120,248 
44,114 
76,134 

  $

134,388 
46,366 
88,022 

9,248 
— 
50,962 
26,339 
934 
1,736 
2,292 
91,511 
(15,377)    

3 
(5,368)    
(9,478)    
(715)    
(15,558)    
(30,935)    
(4,634)    
(26,301)    
(3,624)    
(29,925)   $

(3.06)   $
(0.42)    
(3.49)   $

(3.06)   $
(0.42)    
(3.49)   $
8,582 
8,582 

17,615 
274 
51,801 
28,126 
1,200 
164,263 
597 
263,876 
(175,854)    

11 
(4,001)    
— 
7,445 
3,455 
(172,399)    
(1,146)    
(171,253)    
(7,423)    
(178,676)   $

(20.64)   $
(0.89)    
(21.53)   $

(20.64)   $
(0.89)    
(21.53)   $
8,298 
8,298 

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

154,625 
44,958 
109,667 

16,593 
527 
55,782 
34,048 
1,232 
— 
— 
108,182 
1,485 

10 
(3,022)
— 
1,836 
(1,176)
309 
407 
(98)
(12,784)
(12,882)

(0.01)
(1.58)
(1.59)

(0.33)
(1.57)
(1.90)
8,112 
8,145  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(in thousands)

Net loss
Foreign currency translation adjustments related to continuing operations
Foreign currency translation realized to discontinued operations
Comprehensive loss

  $

  $

2016

Year Ended December 31,
2015
(178,676)   $
(9,872)    
— 

(188,548)   $

(29,925)   $
3,635 
18,523 
(7,767)   $

2014

(12,882)
(15,193)
— 
(28,075)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY
(In thousands)

Balance at December 31, 2013
Stock-based compensation
Exercise of stock options
Repurchase and/or forfeiture of
   common stock
Shares issued for consulting services
Issuance of common stock for employee
   stock purchase plan
Issuance of common stock for restricted
   share awards granted to employees
Shareholder note receivable
Issuance of common stock for acquired
   technology
Foreign currency translation adjustments   
Net loss

Balance at December 31, 2014
Stock-based compensation
Exercise of stock options
Repurchase and/or forfeiture of
   common stock
Shares issued for consulting services
Issuance of common stock for employee
   stock purchase plan
Issuance of common stock for restricted
   share awards granted to employees
Issuance of common stock for acquired
   technology
Foreign currency translation adjustments   
Net loss

Balance at December 31, 2015
Stock-based compensation
Repurchase and/or forfeiture of
   common stock
Shares issued for consulting services
Issuance of common stock for employee
   stock purchase plan
Warrant conversion
Foreign currency translation adjustments   
Net loss

Balance at December 31, 2016

  Common stock
  Shares     Amount     capital

paid-in    

   Treasury    

comprehensive    Accumulated   

stock     income (loss)    

deficit

Accumulated
other

Additional

Shareholder
note
    receivable    
—   $
—    
—    

8,133   $
—    
2    

1   $ 403,577   $
2,690    
—    
29    
—    

(22)   
111    

—    
—    

(3)   
1,864    

—    
—    

(97)  $
—    
—    

—    
—    

51    

—    

671    

—    

—    

41    
—    

—    
—    

—    
5,000    

—    
(5,000)   

6    
—    
—    
8,321    
—    
—    

102    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
1     413,930    
2,562    
—    
—    
—    

—    
—    
—    
(5,000)   
—    
—    

(22)   
110    

—    
—    

—    
81    

—    
—    

—    
—    

—    
—    
—    
(97)   
—    
—    

—    
—    

72    

—    

375    

—    

—    

24    

—    

—    

—    

—    

Total
stockholders’  
   (deficit) equity 
171,676 
2,690 
29 

3,877   $ (235,682)  $
—    
—    

—    
—    

—    
—    

—    

—    
—    

—    
—    

—    

—    
—    

—    
(15,193)   
—    
(11,316)   
—    
—    

—    
—    
(12,882)   
(248,564)   
—    
—    

—    
—    

—    

—    

—    
—    

—    

—    

(3)
1,864 

671 

— 
— 

102 
(15,193)
(12,882)
148,954 
2,562 
— 

— 
81 

375 

— 

6    
—    
—    
8,513    
—    

—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
1     416,948    
1,626    
—    

—    
—    
—    
(5,000)   
—    

(1)   
210    

—    
—    

—    
25    

—    
—    

58    
269    
—    
—    
9,049   $

114    
—    
1,074    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
1   $ 419,787   $

—    
—    
—    
—    
(5,000)  $

—    
—    
—    
(97)   
—    

—    
—    

—    
—    
—    
—    
(97)  $

—    
(9,872)   
—    
(21,188)   
—    

—    
—    
(178,676)   
(427,240)   
—    

— 
(9,872)
(178,676)
(36,576)
1,626 

—    
—    

—    
—    

— 
25 

—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
22,158    
—    
(29,925)   
970   $ (457,165)  $

114 
1,074 
22,158 
(29,925)
(41,504)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6

 
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

Operating activities:

Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by
   operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization
Goodwill and intangible assets impairment
Stock-based compensation
Interest expense related to amortization of debt discount and debt
   issuance costs
In-process research and development
Provision for doubtful accounts
Provision for excess and obsolete inventory
Deferred income tax provision (benefit)
Gain on sale of business
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Other non-cash items

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Restricted cash
Accounts receivable
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other

Net cash  (used in) provided by operating activities
Investing activities:

Purchases of property and equipment
Purchase of intangible assets
Proceeds from sale of business, net
Cash received from sale of assets

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
Financing activities:

Issuance of common stock
Borrowings under lines of credit
Repayments under lines of credit
Principal payments on capital lease obligations
Proceeds from issuance of notes payable
Principal payments on notes payable

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
Net increase (decrease) in cash
Cash at beginning of year, including discontinued operations
Cash at end of year, including discontinued operations

2016

Year Ended December 31,
2015

2014

  $

(29,925)   $

(178,676)   $

(12,882)

12,364 
2,189 
1,626 

3,630 
— 
620 
5,663 
10 
(7,935)    
3,863 
426 

2,350 
8,000 
(5,742)    
1,074 
191 
(4,865)    
(3,498)    
(9,959)    

(8,897)    
(250)    

69,790 
1,316 
61,959 

114 
118,482 
(134,792)    
(798)    

28,046 
(54,444)    
(43,392)    
(85)    

8,523 
11,229 
19,752 

  $

  $

19,031 
165,171 
2,643 

4,695 
98 
584 
2,156 
(333)    
— 
— 
(4,363)    

4,400 
1,197 
(5,456)    
2,472 

(6)    

3,209 
(6,698)    
10,124 

(12,247)    
— 
— 
— 
(12,247)    

375 
141,583 
(144,567)    
(747)    
5,000 
(8,176)    
(6,532)    
149 
(8,506)    
19,735 
11,229 

  $

18,385 
— 
4,554 

6,700 
102 
522 
3,539 
251 
— 
— 
1,913 

(6,750)
(1,028)
(4,348)
4,863 
(276)
(1,042)
(34,774)
(20,271)

(11,300)
— 
— 
300 
(11,000)

26 
163,067 
(156,106)
(766)
30,350 
(5,837)
30,734 
(1,073)
(1,610)
21,345 
19,735  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS—(Continued)
(in thousands)

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

Cash paid for interest
Cash paid for income taxes
Purchases of property and equipment in accounts payable
Purchase of property and equipment through capital leases
Cashless warrant conversion
Non-cash debt discount
Initial fair value of warrant liability

2016

Year Ended December 31,
2015

2014

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

7,368 
920 
2,668 
— 
1,074 
— 
— 

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

7,627 
621 
2,323 
243 
— 
— 
— 

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

5,885 
565 
1,638 
1,212 
— 
650 
11,280  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. The Company and Basis of Presentation

The Company

Alphatec Holdings, Inc. (“Alphatec,” “Alphatec Holdings” or the “Company”), through its wholly owned subsidiary, Alphatec 

Spine, Inc. and its subsidiaries (“Alphatec Spine”), is a medical technology company focused on the design, development and 
promotion of products for the surgical treatment of spine disorders. The Company has a comprehensive product portfolio and pipeline 
that addresses the cervical, thoracolumbar and intervertebral regions of the spine and covers a variety of spinal disorders and surgical 
procedures. The Company’s principal product offerings are focused on the U.S. market for fusion-based spinal disorder solutions. 

Prior to September 1, 2016, the Company marketed its products in the U.S. market and in over 50 international markets through 
the distribution channels of Alphatec Spine and its affiliate, Scient’x S.A.S., and its subsidiaries (“Scient’x”), via a direct sales force in 
Italy and the United Kingdom and via independent distributors in the rest of Europe, the Middle East and Africa. In South America 
and Latin America, the Company conducted its operations through its Brazilian subsidiary, Cibramed Productos Medicos. In Japan, 
the Company marketed its products through its subsidiary, Alphatec Pacific, Inc. and its subsidiaries (“Alphatec Pacific”).

On September 1, 2016, the Company completed the sale of its international distribution operations and agreements to Globus 

Medical Ireland, Ltd., a subsidiary of Globus Medical, Inc., and its affiliated entities (collectively “Globus”), including the Company’s 
wholly-owned subsidiaries in Japan, Brazil, Australia and Singapore and substantially all of the assets of the Company’s other sales 
operations in the United Kingdom and Italy (collectively, the “International Business”), pursuant to a purchase and sale agreement, 
dated as of July 25, 2016 (as amended, the “Purchase and Sale Agreement”) (the “Globus Transaction”). As a result of the Globus 
Transaction, the Company's International Business has been excluded from continuing operations for all periods presented in this 
report and is reported as discontinued operations. See Note 4 for additional information on the divestiture of the International 
Business. The sale of the international operations represents a strategic shift and has a significant impact on the Company's operations 
and financial results. 

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the 

United States of America ("GAAP") and include the accounts of Alphatec and Alphatec Spine and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All 
intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  The Company operates in one reportable business 
segment.

On August 24, 2016, the Company filed a certificate of amendment to its certificate of incorporation with the Secretary of State 

of the state of Delaware to effectuate a 1-for-12 reverse stock split of the Company’s issued and outstanding common stock. The 
accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes thereto give retrospective effect to the reverse stock split for all periods 
presented. All issued and outstanding common stock, options exercisable for common stock, warrants exercisable for common stock, 
restricted stock units, and per share amounts contained in the Company’s consolidated financial statements have been retroactively 
adjusted to reflect this reverse stock split for all periods presented.

As a result of the sale of the International Business, the Company has retrospectively revised the consolidated statements of 

operations for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 and the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 
2015, to reflect the financial results from the International Business, and the related assets and liabilities, as discontinued operations.

 The Company has incurred significant net losses since inception and has relied on its ability to fund its operations through 

revenues from the sale of its products, equity financings and debt financings. As the Company has historically incurred losses, 
successful transition to profitability is dependent upon achieving a level of revenues adequate to support the Company’s cost structure. 
This may not occur and, unless and until it does, the Company will continue to need to raise additional capital.  Operating losses and 
negative cash flows may continue for at least the next year as the Company continues to incur costs related to the execution of its 
operating plan and introduction of new products.  

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company has adopted, as required, FASB Accounting Standard Codification (ASC) 

Topic 205-40, Presentation of Financial Statements – Going Concern, which requires that management evaluate whether there are 
relevant conditions and events that in aggregate raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to 
meet its obligations as they become due within one year from the date that the financial statements are issued.

F-9

The Company’s Board approved annual operating plan projects that its existing working capital at December 31, 2016 of $32.7 

million (including cash of $19.6 million), along with the proceeds of the $18.9 million private placement that closed on March 29, 
2017 (see Note 15) and the amendments to its debt facilities (see Note 15), allows the Company to fund its operations through one 
year subsequent to the date the financial statements are issued.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going 

concern and do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. A going concern basis of 
accounting contemplates the recovery of the Company’s assets and the satisfaction of its liabilities in the normal course of business. 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 

States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure 
of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and 
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and 
assumptions include the useful lives of property and equipment; allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns, the valuation of 
share based liabilities, deferred tax assets, fixed assets, inventory, investments, notes receivable and stock-based compensation; and 
reserves for employee benefit obligations, restructuring liabilities, income tax uncertainties and other contingencies.

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Significant Customers

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist primarily of cash and 
accounts receivable. The Company limits its exposure to credit loss by depositing its cash with established financial institutions. As of 
December 31, 2016, a substantial portion of the Company’s available cash funds is held in business accounts. Although the Company 
deposits its cash with multiple financial institutions, its deposits, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.

The Company’s customers are primarily hospitals, surgical centers and distributors and no single customer represented greater 
than 10 percent of consolidated revenues or accounts receivable for any of the periods presented. Credit to customers is granted based 
on an analysis of the customers’ credit worthiness and credit losses have not been significant.

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives its revenues primarily from the sale of spinal surgery implants used in the treatment of spine disorders. 
The Company sells its products primarily through its direct sales force and independent distributors. Revenue is recognized when all 
four of the following criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (ii) delivery of the products and/or services has 
occurred; (iii) the selling price is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. In addition, the Company 
accounts for revenue under provisions which set forth guidelines for the timing of revenue recognition based upon factors such as 
passage of title, installation, payment and customer acceptance.

The Company’s revenue from sales of spinal and other surgical implant products is recognized upon receipt of written 
acknowledgment that the product has been used in a surgical procedure or upon shipment to third-party customers who immediately 
accept title to such product.

The application of the multiple element guidance requires subjective determinations, and requires the Company to make 

judgments about the individual deliverables and whether such deliverables are separable from the other aspects of the contractual 
relationship. Deliverables are considered separate units of accounting provided that: (1) the delivered items has value to the customer 
on a stand-alone basis and (2) if the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered items, delivery or 
performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially in the Company's control. In determining the units of 
accounting, the Company evaluates certain criteria, including whether the deliverables have stand-alone value, based on the 
consideration of the relevant facts and circumstances for each arrangement. In addition, the Company considers whether the buyer can 
use the other deliverables for their intended purpose without the receipt of the remaining elements, whether the value of the 
deliverable is dependent on the undelivered items, and whether there are other vendors that can provide the undelivered elements.

Revenue arrangements with multiple elements are divided into separate units of accounting if certain criteria are met, including 
whether the delivered element has stand-alone value to the customer. The consideration received is allocated among the separate units 
based on their respective fair values, and the applicable revenue recognition criteria are applied to each of the separate units. 
Arrangement consideration that is fixed or determinable is allocated among the separate units of accounting using the relative selling 
price method, and the applicable revenue recognition criteria are applied to each of the separate units of accounting in determining the 

F-10

appropriate period or pattern of recognition. The Company determines the estimated selling price for deliverables within each 
agreement using vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of selling price, if available, third-party evidence (“TPE”) of selling 
price if VSOE is not available, or management's best estimate of selling price (“BESP”) if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. 
Determining the BESP for a unit of accounting requires significant judgment. In developing the BESP for a unit of accounting, the 
Company considers applicable market conditions and relevant entity-specific factors, including factors that were contemplated in 
negotiating the agreement with the customer and estimated costs.

Restricted Cash

In March and November 2014, the Company borrowed and set aside cash for the payment of a portion of the Orthotec litigation 
settlement, which is subject to the terms of the facility agreement that it entered into with Deerfield on March 17, 2014. The Company 
classified this cash as restricted, because it may not be used for purposes other than payments of amounts due under the Orthotec 
litigation settlement agreement.  As of December 31, 2016, the Company had no cash classified as restricted cash.

Accounts Receivable, net

Accounts receivable are presented net of allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company makes judgments as to its ability to 

collect outstanding receivables and provides allowances for a portion of receivables when collection becomes doubtful. Provisions are 
made based upon a specific review of all significant outstanding invoices and the overall quality and age of those invoices not 
specifically reviewed. In determining the provision for invoices not specifically reviewed, the Company analyzes historical collection 
experience. If the historical data used to calculate the allowance provided for doubtful accounts does not reflect the Company’s future 
ability to collect outstanding receivables or if the financial condition of customers were to deteriorate, resulting in impairment of their 
ability to make payments, an increase in the provision for doubtful accounts may be required.

Inventories, net

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost primarily determined under the first-in, first-out method. The 
Company reviews the components of inventory on a periodic basis for excess, obsolete and impaired inventory, and records a reserve 
for the identified items. The Company calculates an inventory reserve for estimated excess and obsolete inventory based upon 
historical turnover and assumptions about future demand for its products and market conditions. The Company’s biologics inventories 
have an expiration based on shelf life and are subject to demand fluctuations based on the availability and demand for alternative 
implant products. The Company’s estimates and assumptions for excess and obsolete inventory are reviewed and updated on a 
quarterly basis. Increases in the reserve for excess and obsolete inventory result in a corresponding increase to cost of revenues and 
establish a new cost basis for the part. Approximately $12.9 million and $16.2 million of inventory was held at consigned locations as 
of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed using the 

straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, generally ranging from three to seven years. Leasehold 
improvements and assets acquired under capital leases are amortized over the shorter of their useful lives or the terms of the related 
leases.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company accounts for goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with provisions which require that goodwill and 
other identifiable intangible assets with indefinite useful lives be tested for impairment at least annually. The Company tests goodwill 
and intangible assets for impairment in December of each year, or more frequently if events and circumstances warrant. These assets 
are considered impaired if the Company determines that their carrying values may not be recoverable based on an assessment of 
certain events or changes in circumstances. If the assets are considered to be impaired, the Company recognizes the amount by which 
the carrying value of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets as an impairment loss. In the third quarter of 2015, the market value 
of the Company’s common stock substantially declined. As a result of this decline, the Company determined that it had an indicator of 
impairment of the goodwill, and an interim test of goodwill impairment was performed. The Company analyzed the carrying amount 
of goodwill for impairment under a two-part test in accordance with authoritative guidance.

The Company estimated the fair value in step one of the goodwill impairment test based on a combination of the income 
approach which included discounted cash flows as well as a market approach that utilized the Company’s market information.  The 
fair value measurements utilized to perform the impairment analysis are categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. 
Significant management judgment is required in the forecast of future operating results that are used in the Company’s impairment 
analysis. The estimates the Company used were consistent with the plans and estimates that it uses to manage its business. Significant 

F-11

assumptions utilized in the Company’s income approach model included the growth rate of sales for recently introduced products and 
the introduction of anticipated new products similar to its historical growth rates. Another important assumption involved in forecasted 
sales was the projected mix of higher margin U.S. based sales and lower margin non-U.S. based sales. Additionally, the Company 
projected an improvement in its gross margin, similar to its historical improvement in gross margins, as a result of its forecasted mix 
in U.S. sales versus non-U.S. sales and lower manufacturing cost per unit based on the increase in forecasted volume to absorb applied 
overhead over the next ten years.

The Company’s discounted cash flows required management judgment with respect to forecasted sales, launch of new products, 

gross margins, selling, general and administrative expenses, capital expenditures and the selection and use of an appropriate discount 
rate and terminal growth rate. For purposes of calculating the discounted cash flows, the Company used estimated revenue growth 
rates averaging between 3% and 13% for the discrete forecast period. Cash flows beyond the discrete forecast period were estimated 
using a terminal value calculation, which incorporated historical and forecasted financial trends and considered long-term earnings 
growth rates for publicly traded peer companies. Future cash flows were then discounted to present value at a discount rate of 13.5%, 
and terminal value growth rate of 3%. The Company's market capitalization was also considered in assessing the reasonableness of the 
Company’s fair value as determined in step one of the goodwill impairment test. The Company’s assessment resulted in a fair value 
that was lower than the Company’s carrying value of net assets at September 30, 2015.

Based upon step one of the interim impairment test, the Company determined that its goodwill was impaired and that step two of 
the test was required to measure the amount of goodwill impairment. As a result of step two, in the third quarter of 2015 the Company 
recorded a charge of $164.3 million, representing the write-off of the entire balance of goodwill.  The Company finalized the step two 
test in the fourth quarter of 2015, which did not change the amount of the impairment charge.

No additional goodwill was recorded in 2016. 

The accounting provisions also require that intangible assets with finite useful lives be amortized over their respective estimated 

useful lives and reviewed for indicators of impairment. The Company is amortizing its intangible assets, other than goodwill, on a 
straight-line basis over a one to fifteen-year period.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company assesses potential impairment to its long-lived assets when there is evidence that events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when the 
carrying amount of the long-lived assets is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result 
from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Any required impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying 
amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value and is recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the related asset and a charge 
to operating results.

Foreign Currency

The Company’s results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange 
rates. As of December 31, 2016, the Company’s primary functional currency is the U.S. dollar, while the functional currency of the 
Company’s foreign subsidiaries include the Euro and the Hong Kong Dollar.  Prior to the sale of the International Business the 
Company’s primary functional currency is the U.S. dollar, while the functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries 
included the Japanese Yen, the Euro, the Brazilian Real, the British Pound and the Hong Kong Dollar. Assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rate of exchange on the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are 
translated using the average exchange rate for the period. Net gains and losses resulting from the translation of foreign financial 
statements are recorded as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ (deficit) equity. Net foreign currency 
gains or (losses) resulting from transactions in currencies other than the functional currencies are included in other income (expense), 
net and discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 
2015 and 2014, the Company recorded net foreign currency losses in continuing operations of approximately $0.4 million, $0.7 
million and a gain of $0.8 million, respectively.

Warrants to Purchase Common Stock

Common stock warrants that contain compliance covenants and cash payment obligations are classified as common stock 
warrant liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet.  In September 2016, in connection with the Globus Transaction, Deerfield 
exercised its right to convert all outstanding Initial Warrants and Draw Warrants into shares of the Company's common stock based on 
the Black-Scholes value of the warrants. The outstanding warrants were converted into 268,614 shares of the Company's common 
stock. Prior to the conversion, the Company recorded the warrant liability at fair value and adjusted the carrying value of these 

F-12

common stock warrants to their estimated fair value at each reporting date with the increases or decreases in the fair value of such 
warrants at each reporting date recorded as other income (expense) in the consolidated statements of operations. 

Fair Value Measurements

The carrying amount of financial instruments consisting of cash, restricted cash, trade accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and 

other current assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses, accrued compensation and current portion of long-term debt included in the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements are reasonable estimates of fair value due to their short maturities. Based on the 
borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms, management believes the fair value of long-term debt 
approximates its carrying value.

Authoritative guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as 

follows:

Level 1:

Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;

Level 2:

Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3:

Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop 
its own assumptions.

The Company does not maintain any financial instruments that are considered to be Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 instruments as 

of December 31, 2016. Prior to the conversion of the outstanding warrants, the Company classified its common stock warrant 
liabilities within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using valuation models with significant unobservable 
inputs. The following table provides a reconciliation of liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 
3) for the year ended December 31, 2016 (in thousands):

Balance at December 31, 2013

Issuance
Changes in fair value

Balance at December 31, 2014

Changes in fair value

Balance at December 31, 2015

Changes in fair value
Conversion to common stock

Balance at December 31, 2016

Common Stock
Warrant
Liabilities

 $

 $

— 
11,280 
(2,578)
8,702 
(8,015)
687 
387 
(1,074)
—  

Prior to the conversion to common stock described in Note 6, the common stock warrant liabilities were measured at fair value 
using the Black-Scholes option pricing valuation model. The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing valuation model 
for the common stock warrant liabilities were: (a) a risk-free interest rate based on the rates for U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds with 
maturities similar to those of the remaining contractual term of the warrants; (b) an assumed dividend yield of zero based on the 
Company’s expectation that it will not pay dividends in the foreseeable future; (c) an expected term based on the remaining 
contractual term of the warrants; and (d) an expected volatility based upon the Company's historical volatility over the remaining 
contractual term of the warrants. The significant unobservable input used in measuring the fair value of the common stock warrant 
liabilities associated with the Deerfield Facility Agreement (described in Note 6 below) was the expected volatility. 

Research and Development

Research and development expense consists of costs associated with the design, development, testing, and enhancement of the 
Company’s products. Research and development costs also include salaries and related employee benefits, research-related overhead 
expenses, fees paid to external service providers, and costs associated with the Company’s Scientific Advisory Board and Executive 
Surgeon Panels. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

In-Process Research and Development

In-process research and development (“IPR&D”) consists of acquired research and development assets that are not part of an 
acquisition of a business and were not technologically feasible on the date the Company acquired them and had no alternative future 
use at that date or assets acquired in a business acquisition that are determined to have no alternative future use. The Company expects 
all acquired IPR&D will reach technological feasibility, but there can be no assurance that commercial viability of these products will 
ever be achieved. The nature of the efforts to develop the acquired technologies into commercially viable products consists principally 

F-13

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
of planning, designing, developing and testing products in order to obtain regulatory approvals. If commercial viability were not 
achieved, the Company would likely look to other alternatives to provide these products. Until the technological feasibility of the 
acquired research and development assets are established, the Company expenses these costs.

Leases

The Company leases its facilities and certain equipment and vehicles under operating leases, and certain equipment under 
capital leases. For facility leases that contain rent escalation or rent concession provisions, the Company records the total rent payable 
during the lease term on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The Company records the difference between the rent paid and 
the straight-line rent within accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Product Shipment Cost

Product shipment costs are included in sales and marketing expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. 

Product shipment costs totaled $2.7 million, $3.0 million and $3.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, 
respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation under provisions which require that share-based payment transactions 

with employees be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair value and recognized as compensation expense over the 
vesting period. The amount of expense recognized during the period is affected by subjective assumptions, including estimates of the 
future volatility of the Company’s stock price, the expected term for its stock options, the number of options expected to ultimately 
vest, and the timing of vesting for the Company’s share-based awards.

The Company uses a Black-Scholes option pricing valuation model to estimate the fair value of its stock option awards. The 

calculation of the fair value of the awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model is affected by the Company’s common stock 
price on the date of grant as well as assumptions regarding the following:

•

•

•

•

Estimated volatility is a measure of the amount by which the Company’s common stock price is expected to fluctuate each 
year during the expected life of the award. The Company’s estimated volatility through December 31, 2016 was based on 
a weighted-average volatility of its actual historical volatility over a period equal to the expected remaining life of the 
awards.

The expected term represents the period of time that awards granted are expected to be outstanding. Through December 
31, 2016, the Company calculated the expected term using a weighted-average term based on historical exercise patterns 
and the term from option date to full exercise for the options granted within the specified date range.

The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield curve of a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bond on the date the stock option 
award is granted with a maturity equal to the expected term of the stock option award.

The assumed dividend yield is based on the Company’s expectation of not paying dividends in the foreseeable future.

The Company used historical data to estimate the number of future stock option forfeitures. Stock-based compensation recorded 

in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations is based on awards expected to ultimately vest and has been reduced for 
estimated forfeitures. The Company’s estimated forfeiture rates may differ from its actual forfeitures which would affect the amount 
of expense recognized during the period.

The Company accounts for stock option grants to non-employees in accordance with provisions which require that the non-
employee awards are remeasured at each reporting period end and fair value of these instruments be recognized as an expense over the 
period in which the related services are rendered.

Stock-based compensation expense of awards with performance conditions is recognized over the period from the date the 

performance condition is determined to be probable of occurring through the time the applicable condition is met. Determining the 
likelihood and timing of achieving performance conditions is a subjective judgment made by management which may affect the 
amount and timing of expense related to these share-based awards. Share-based compensation is adjusted to reflect the value of 
options which ultimately vest as such amounts become known in future periods.

F-14

Valuation of Stock Option Awards

The assumptions used to compute the stock-based compensation costs for the stock options granted during the years ended 

December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

Risk-free interest rate
Expected dividend yield
Weighted average expected life (years)
Volatility

2016

Year Ended December 31,
2015
1.6-1.8%   
—    
5.4-5.5   
59-68%   

1.78%  
— 
5.69 

78%  

2014
1.8-1.9% 
— 
5.4-5.5 
60-71%  

Stock-Based Compensation Costs

The compensation cost that has been included in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for all stock-based 

compensation arrangements is detailed as follows (in thousands):

Cost of revenues
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Discontinued operations
Total

Year Ended December 31,
2015

2014

2016

 $

 $

36   $
438    
258    
894    
—    
1,626   $

72   $
286    
316    
1,893    
76    
2,643   $

274 
2,080 
385 
1,665 
150 
4,554  

The amounts provided above include stock-based compensation expense of $0.2 million, $0.1 million and $1.9 million during 
the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, related to the vesting of stock options and awards granted to non-
employees under consulting agreements.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with provisions which set forth an asset and liability approach that 
requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary 
differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Valuation allowances are established when 
necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. In making such determination, a review of all available 
positive and negative evidence must be considered, including scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable 
income, tax planning strategies, and recent financial performance.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of the income tax provision.

Net Loss per Share

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is calculated by dividing the net income or loss available to common stockholders by the 

weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period, as adjusted for the 1-for-12 reverse stock split, without 
consideration for common stock equivalents. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing the net income or loss available to common 
stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period and the weighted average number of 
dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury-stock method, as adjusted for the 1-for-12 
reverse stock split. For purposes of this calculation, common stock subject to repurchase by the Company, options and warrants are 
considered to be common stock equivalents and are only included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share when their effect is 
dilutive.

F-15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted loss per share, as adjusted for the 1-for-12 reverse stock split 

stock split (in thousands, except per share data):

2016

Year Ended December 31,
2015

2014

Continuing 
operations  

Discontinued 
operations  

Continuing 
operations  

Discontinued 
operations  

Continuing 
operations  

Discontinued 
operations  

Numerator

Net loss, basic
Decrease in fair value of warrants

Diluted net loss attributable to common stockholders
Denominator
Weighted average common shares outstanding
Weighted average unvested common shares subject to
   repurchase
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic   
Effect of dilutive securities:
Common stock warrants
Weighted average common shares outstanding,
   diluted

Basic net loss per share
Diluted net loss per share

 $
 $

 $ (26,301)  $
—    
(26,301)   

(3,624)  $ (171,253)  $
—    
(3,624)    (171,253)   

—    

(7,423)  $
—    
(7,423)   

(98)  $ (12,784)
— 
(12,784)

(2,578)   
(2,676)   

8,646    

8,646    

8,365    

8,365    

8,178    

8,178 

(64)   
8,582    

(64)   
8,582    

(68)   
8,298    

(68)   
8,298    

(66)   
8,112    

(66)
8,112 

—    

—    

—    

—    

32    

32 

8,582    
(3.06)  $
(3.06)  $

8,582    
(0.42)  $
(0.42)  $

8,298    
(20.64)  $
(20.64)  $

8,298    
(0.89)  $
(0.89)  $

8,145    
(0.01)  $
(0.33)  $

8,145 
(1.58)
(1.57)

As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, none of the outstanding shares of redeemable preferred stock were convertible to 

common stock.

The anti-dilutive securities not included in diluted net loss per share were as follows, as adjusted for the 1-for-12 reverse stock 

split (in thousands):

Options to purchase common stock
Warrants to purchase common stock
Unvested restricted stock awards

Year Ended December 31,
2015

2016

2014

604    
8    
177    
789    

662    
962    
68    
1,691    

588 
60 
66 
714  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new accounting guidance related to revenue 
recognition. This new standard replaces all current U.S. GAAP guidance on this topic and eliminates all industry-specific guidance. 
The new revenue recognition standard provides a unified model to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The core principle 
is that a company should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects 
the consideration for which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This guidance, including all 
subsequent clarifications, is effective for the Company for annual and interim reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after 
December 15, 2017 and can be applied either retrospectively to each period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the 
date of adoption. The Company performed a preliminary assessment of the impact of the new standard on the consolidated financial 
statements, and considered all items outlined in the standard. In assessing the impact, the Company has outlined all revenue generating 
activities, mapped those activities to deliverables and traced those deliverables to the standard. The Company is now assessing what 
impact the change in standard will have on those deliverables. The Company will continue to evaluate the future impact and method of 
adoption of the new standard and related amendments on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures throughout 
2017. The Company will adopt the new standard beginning January 2018.

F-16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
In August 2014, the FASB issued guidance related to disclosures of uncertainties about an entity’s ability to continue as a going 
concern. The guidance requires management to evaluate whether there are conditions and events that raise substantial doubt about the 
entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the financial statements are issued. Management is required to 
make this evaluation for both annual and interim reporting periods and will have to make certain disclosures if it concludes that 
substantial doubt exists or when its plans alleviate substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. 
Substantial doubt exists when relevant conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, indicate that it is probable that the entity 
will be unable to meet its obligations as they become due within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. The 
guidance is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016 and for interim reporting periods thereafter. The Company 
adopted the standard for the annual reporting period ending December 31, 2016.

In April 2015, the FASB issued guidance, which amends current presentation guidance by requiring that debt issuance costs 
related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt 
liability, consistent with debt discounts. Prior to the issuance this guidance, debt issuance costs were required to be presented as an 
asset in the balance sheet. The Company adopted the provisions of the new guidance during the interim period ended March 31, 2016 
and prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. As of December 31, 2015, $0.4 million 
of debt issuance costs were reclassified in the consolidated balance sheet from prepaid expenses and other current assets to current 
portion of long-term debt. The adoption of ASU 2015-03 did not impact the Company's consolidated statement of operations, 
comprehensive income (loss) or cash flows.

In July 2015, the FASB issued new accounting guidance, which changes the measurement principle for inventory from the 
lower of cost or market to lower of cost and net realizable value for entities that do not measure inventory using the last-in, first-out or 
retail inventory method. The guidance also eliminates the requirement for these entities to consider replacement cost or net realizable 
value less an approximately normal profit margin when measuring inventory. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning 
after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. The Company is evaluating the impact of adopting this new 
accounting standard on its financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance, which changes several aspects of the accounting for leases, 
including the requirement that all leases with durations greater than twelve months be recognized on the balance sheet. The guidance 
is effective for annual periods and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is evaluating the 
impact of adopting this new accounting standard on its financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance, which changes several aspects of the accounting for share-based 
payment award transactions, including accounting and cash flow classification for excess tax benefits and deficiencies, forfeitures, and 
tax withholding requirements and cash flow classification. The guidance is effective for annual periods and interim periods in fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is evaluating the impact of adopting this new accounting standard on its 
financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance, which eliminates the diversity in practice related to the 

classification of certain cash receipts and payments in the statement of cash flows, by adding or clarifying guidance on eight specific 
cash flow issues. The guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early 
adoption permitted. The amendments in this update should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented, unless deemed 
impracticable, in which case, prospective application is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the new guidance and has not 
determined the impact this standards update may have on its financial statements.

3. Balance Sheet Details

Accounts Receivable, net

Accounts receivable consist of the following (in thousands):

Accounts receivable
Less allowance for doubtful accounts
Accounts receivables, net

December 31,

2016

2015

 $

 $

19,870   $
(1,358)   
18,512   $

27,639 
(769)
26,870  

F-17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Inventories, net

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

Raw materials
Work-in-process
Finished goods

Less reserve for excess and obsolete finished goods
Inventories, net

December 31,

2016

2015

 $

 $

7,301   $
823    
38,469    
46,593    
(16,500)   
30,093   $

7,237 
1,908 
39,388 
48,533 
(15,901)
32,632  

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands except for useful lives):

Surgical instruments
Machinery and equipment
Computer equipment
Office furniture and equipment
Leasehold improvements
Construction in progress

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
Property and equipment, net

   $

  Useful lives  
(in years)
4
7
3
5
various
n/a

   $

December 31,

2016

2015

53,095   $
5,435    
3,511    
2,695    
3,467    
445    
68,648    
(53,572)   
15,076   $

52,404 
14,416 
3,816 
3,426 
3,467 
139 
77,668 
(61,587)
16,081  

Total depreciation expense was $7.4 million, $10.8 million and $9.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 

2014, respectively. At December 31, 2016, assets recorded under capital leases of $2.1 million were included in the machinery and 
equipment balance.  At December 31, 2015, assets recorded under capital leases of $2.6 million were included in the machinery and 
equipment balance and $0.1 million are included in the construction in progress balance. Amortization of assets under capital leases is 
included in depreciation expense.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of the following (in thousands except for useful lives):

Developed product technology
Intellectual property
License agreements
Trademarks and trade names
Customer-related
Distribution network

Less accumulated amortization
Intangible assets, net

Remaining Avg.
Useful lives
(in years)
—
—
2
—
8
8

December 31,

2016

2015

   $

   $

13,876   $
1,004    
5,265    
732    
7,458    
4,027    
32,362    
(26,651)   
5,711   $

13,876 
1,004 
5,015 
732 
7,458 
4,027 
32,112 
(23,306)
8,806  

Total expense related to amortization of intangible assets was $1.6 million, $3.0 million and $2.2 million for the years ended 

December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

F-18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
    
  
 
    
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
 
  
 
    
  
 
    
  
 
In connection with the sale of the International Business (see Note 4), the Company determined that certain intangible assets 

related to the Company's previous acquisition of Scient'x, including customer relationships, distribution network and key product 
tradename intangible assets, no longer had a business purpose and no cash flows associated with these assets are expected in the 
future. As a result, the Company recorded $1.7 million as intangible impairment expense during the year ended December 31, 2016. 
Prior to the impairment, amortization of these intangible assets had been recorded in amortization of acquired intangible assets within 
operating expenses.

During 2016, due to revised marketing strategies for an interbody fusion device, the Company evaluated the related intangible 
asset for impairment. As a result of this impairment analysis, the Company expensed $0.5 million as an impairment charge in cost of 
goods sold in 2016 for the write-off of intangible asset related to this product.

During 2015, the Company entered into an exclusive distribution agreement with a third party to market a biologic product. The 
Company expensed $0.3 million as an impairment charge in cost of goods sold in 2016 for the write-off of an intangible asset related 
to this product.  Additionally, due to a revised marketing strategy for the Company's Epicage interbody fusion device, the Company 
evaluated the related intangible asset for impairment. As a result of this impairment analysis, the Company expensed $0.9 million as 
an impairment charge in cost of goods sold in 2015 for the write-off of an intangible asset related to this product.

In connection with the step two goodwill impairment test performed in the third quarter of 2015, the Company determined that 
the physician education intangible acquired in the Scient’x acquisition was impaired. As a result, the Company expensed $0.9 million 
included in goodwill and intangible impairment of discontinued operations in the year ended December 31, 2015.

The future expected amortization expense related to intangible assets as of December 31, 2016 is as follows (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,

2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Thereafter
Total

 $

 $

936 
750 
689 
688 
688 
1,960 
5,711  

Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill from December 31, 2015 through December 31, 2016 were as follows (in 

thousands):

Balance at January 1

Impairment charge
Effect of foreign exchange rate on goodwill

Balance at December 31

2016

—   $
—    
—    
—   $

2015
171,333 
(164,263)
(7,070)
—  

 $

 $

In the third quarter of 2015, the market value of the Company’s common stock substantially declined. As a result of this decline, 

the Company determined that it had an indicator of impairment of its goodwill, and an interim test of goodwill impairment was 
required. As a result of this interim test, the Company recorded a charge of $164.3 million, representing the write-off of the remaining 
balance of goodwill in the third quarter of 2015.

F-19

 
   
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

Commissions and sales milestones
Payroll and payroll related
Litigation settlements
Globus related accruals
Accrued professional fees
Royalties
Restructuring and severance accruals
Accrued taxes
Guaranteed collaboration compensation, current
Accrued interest
Other

Total accrued expenses

December 31,

2016

2015

 $

 $

4,202   $
2,384    
4,400    
3,830    
3,093    
1,347    
1,328    
404    
2,228    
387    
3,986    
27,589   $

3,963 
3,947 
4,400 
— 
1,972 
1,199 
505 
765 
— 
999 
3,425 
21,175  

4. Discontinued Operations

In order to pay down a portion of its debt and improve its liquidity position and future cash flows, on September 1, 2016, the 
Company closed the Globus Transaction (described in Note 1). Following the closing of the Globus Transaction, the Company only 
sells its products in the U.S. market and is prohibited from marketing and selling its products outside the United States and its 
possessions and territories until the date that is two years following the termination of the Supply Agreement (as described below). As 
a result of the Globus Transaction, the Company has retrospectively revised the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows 
for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015 to reflect the financial 
results from the International Business, and the related assets and liabilities, as discontinued operations.

At the closing of the Globus Transaction, Globus paid the Company $80 million in cash, subject to a working capital 

adjustment. On September 1, 2016, the Company used approximately $66 million of the consideration received to (i) repay in full all 
amounts outstanding and due under the Company’s Deerfield Facility Agreement (described in Note 6 below) and (ii) repay certain of 
its outstanding indebtedness under the Company’s Amended Credit Facility with MidCap (described in Note 6 below), in each case, 
including debt-related costs. Also on September 1, 2016, the Company entered into a five-year term credit, security and guaranty 
agreement with Globus (the “Globus Facility Agreement”), as further described in Note 6, pursuant to which Globus agreed to loan 
the Company up to $30 million, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Globus Facility Agreement.

The following table summarizes the preliminary calculation of the gain on sale (in thousands):

Consideration received
Cash included in assets sold
Transaction costs
Net cash proceeds
Less:
Product supply obligation
Working capital adjustment
Carrying value of business and assets sold
Net gain on sale of business

 $

 $

80,000 
(4,250)
(5,960)
69,790 

(1,927)
(2,295)
(57,633)
7,935  

The Company is evaluating certain income tax related items that are pending final resolution.

The results of operations from discontinued operations presented below include certain allocations that management believes 

fairly reflect the utilization of services provided to the International Business. The allocations do not include amounts related to 
general corporate administrative expenses. Therefore, the results of operations from the International Business do not necessarily 
reflect what the results of operations would have been had the International Business operated as a stand-alone entity.

F-20

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
In connection with the Globus Transaction, the Company entered into a product manufacture and supply agreement (the “Supply 

Agreement”) with Globus, pursuant to which the Company agreed to supply to Globus certain of its implants and instruments (the 
“Products”), previously offered for sale by the Company in international markets at agreed-upon prices for a minimum term of three 
years, with the option for Globus to extend the term for up to two additional twelve month periods subject to Globus meeting specified 
purchase requirements. In accordance with authoritative guidance, certain intercompany sales transactions have been reported under 
continuing operations as the Company will have continuing involvement due to future sales to Globus under the Supply Agreement. In 
connection with the Globus Transaction, Globus received a credit of up to a $2.2 million to be applied against product purchases 
pursuant to the Supply Agreement during a six-month period commencing one month after the closing of the Globus Transaction, 
which has been included as a reduction of the consideration received for the sale of the International Business and will be recognized 
as revenue upon fulfilment by the Company of product purchases by Globus.

The agreements entered into concurrently with the sale of the International Business, including the Transition Services 
Agreement and the Supply Agreement, contain various elements and, as such, are deemed to be an arrangement with multiple 
deliverables as defined under authoritative accounting guidance (see Note 2). Several non-contingent deliverables were identified 
within the agreements. The Company identified the International Business, contract supply services, transition services and the Globus 
Facility as separate non-contingent deliverables within the arrangement.  The Company determined the estimated selling price (fair 
value) for each of the non-contingent deliverables on a standalone basis by utilizing relevant market data and entity-specific factors.  
Based on the respective standalone fair values of the deliverables, there was no discount to allocate among the deliverables and the 
consideration received for each deliverable approximated standalone fair value.  As such, none of the purchase consideration was 
allocated to these elements.

Included in the results of continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 are revenues of $10.3 

million, $19.2 and $27.1 million, respectively, and cost of revenue of $8.9 million, $18.5 and $25.7 million, respectively, that 
represent intercompany transactions that, prior to the Globus Transaction, were eliminated in the Company's consolidated financial 
statements.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recorded $2.6 million in revenue and $2.3 million in cost of sales from 

the Supply Agreement that are included in the continuing operations.

In connection with the Globus Transaction, the Company included interest expense of $7.0 million, $8.6 million and $10.6 

million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, under the Deerfield Facility Agreement and Amended 
Credit Facility (as further described in Note 6) in net loss from discontinued operations to the extent these debt facilities were repaid 
using the proceeds from the Globus Transaction.   

F-21

The following table summarizes the results of discontinued operations for the periods presented in the consolidated statements 

of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

Discontinued operations
Revenues
Cost of revenues
Amortization of acquired intangible assets
Gross profit
Operating (income) expenses:
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Amortization of intangible assets
Goodwill and intangible impairment
Restructuring expenses
Net gain on sale of business
Total operating expenses

Operating income
Other income (expense):
Interest income
Interest expense
Other income (expense), net

Total other income (expense)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations before taxes

Income tax provision

Loss from discontinued operations, net of applicable taxes

 $

Years ended December 31,
2015

2014

2016

 $

40,130   $
19,381    
1,291    
19,458    

50,891   $
17,376    
1,453    
32,062    

52,355 
16,826 
1,787 
33,742 

206 
21,397 
11,075 
— 
— 
706 
— 
33,384 
358 

— 
(10,594)
(1,869)
(12,463)
(12,105)
679 
(12,784)

51    
12,980    
4,846    
622    
—    
794    
(7,935)   
11,358    
8,100    

45    
(7,004)   
1,883    
(5,076)   
3,024    
6,648    
(3,624)  $

152    
19,055    
6,741    
1,200    
908    
591    
—    
28,647    
3,415    

42    
(8,588)   
(466)   
(9,012)   
(5,597)   
1,826    
(7,423)  $

The following table summarizes the assets and liabilities of discontinued operations as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 related 

to the International Business (in thousands):

December 31,
2016

December 31,
2015

 $

 $

 $

 $

159   $
—    
48    
157    
364    
—    
—    
61    
425   $

43   $
689    
—    
732    
—    
732   $

4,934 
11,449 
12,276 
1,551 
30,210 
5,850 
12,810 
797 
49,667 

627 
8,616 
648 
9,891 
1,516 
11,407  

Assets
Current assets:

Cash
Accounts receivable, net
Inventories, net
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Total current assets of discontinued operations
Property and equipment, net
Intangible assets, net
Other assets
Total assets of discontinued operations
Liabilities
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Deferred revenue

Total current liabilities of discontinued operations
Other long-term liabilities
Total liabilities of discontinued operations

F-22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
   
 
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
Included in the statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 are the following capital expenditures 

and non-cash adjustments related to the discontinued operations (in thousands):

Depreciation and amortization
Provision for doubtful accounts
Provision for excess and obsolete inventory
Capital expenditures
Interest expense related to amortization of debt discount
   and debt issuance costs

  $
  $
  $
  $

  $

Year ended December 31,
2015

2014

2016

3,836    $
—    $
151    $
1,319    $

5,261    $
170    $
380    $
2,975    $

6,595 
— 
954 
2,946 

2,052    $

2,627    $

4,944  

5. License and Consulting Agreements

OsseoFix Spinal Fracture Reduction System License Agreement

On April 16, 2009, the Company and Stout Medical Group LP (“Stout”) amended the license agreement that the parties had 
entered into in September 2007 (the “License Amendment”) that provides the Company with a worldwide license to develop and 
commercialize Stout’s proprietary intellectual property related to a treatment for vertebral compression fractures. The effective date of 
the License Amendment is March 31, 2009. Under the License Amendment, the timing of the minimum royalty payments has been 
adjusted and Stout’s ability to terminate the License Amendment was revised. Under the original license agreement, the Company’s 
minimum royalty obligation began in the year ending December 31, 2009 and there are milestones due upon attainment of sales 
volumes. Pursuant to the License Amendment, the minimum royalty obligation is suspended until a licensed product obtains 
regulatory approval from the United States Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”). In addition, under the terms of the License 
Amendment, Stout has the ability to terminate the License Amendment if the Company is not using commercially reasonable efforts to 
obtain regulatory approval to market and sell a licensed product; provided that the Company has the right to delay such termination in 
exchange for making certain payments to Stout. If, during the time period when such payments are made, the Company were to make 
a regulatory filing for the marketing and sale of a licensed product, such termination will be null and void. Pursuant to the License 
Amendment, Stout is entitled to retain all up-front payments that had been previously paid to it. The other material terms of the license 
agreement were not changed in the License Amendment.

In August 2014, the Company entered a third amendment (the “Third Amendment”) to the License Agreement. Pursuant to the 

Third Amendment: (i) the royalty rate paid by the Company for the net sales of licensed products is a fixed amount per quarter 
through December 31, 2016; (ii) the royalty rate starting in 2017 will be increased from 7.0% to 8.5%; (ii) starting in 2017, the 
minimum royalty obligation is $0.2 million per year, with such minimum royalty obligation being further reduced stating in 2018; 
(iii) the territory is amended so that the United States is removed from the territory in which the Company can sell and market licensed 
products; (iv) all obligations of the Company to pursue a clinical trial in the United States are deleted; and (v) all milestone payments 
based on the achievement of certain sales milestones are deleted. In connection with this amendment the Company reversed the $1.7 
million accrual it had recorded for the sales milestone payment into cost of goods sold for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Asset Purchase Agreement

In July 2014, the Company entered into an asset purchase and product development services agreement (the "Asset Agreement") 

whereby the Company purchased rights to the conceptual design for an intervertebral implant device. The financial terms of the 
Agreement include payments in cash and the Company's common stock upon achievement of various milestones. The Company 
accounted for this arrangement as an asset acquisition. In the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company made cash payments 
totaling $0.2 million and issued 72,992 shares of the Company's common stock valued at $0.1 million. The Company recognized the 
cash and stock payments of $0.3 million as in-process research and development expense in the year ended December 31, 2014.  
Under the terms of the Asset Agreement as amended in 2015 the Company was obligated to pay $0.2 million cash compensation and 
issue 72,992 shares of the Company's common stocks valued at less than $0.1 million.  The Company expensed $0.3 million as in-
process research and development in the year ended December 31, 2015.

6. Debt

MidCap Facility Agreement

On August 30, 2013, the Company entered into the amended and restated credit, security and guaranty agreement with MidCap 

Funding IV, LLC (“MidCap”), as amended to date (the “Amended Credit Facility”), which amended and restated the prior credit 
facility that the Company had with MidCap. On September 1, 2016, the Company and MidCap entered into a Fifth Amendment to the 
Amended Credit Facility (the “MidCap Fifth Amendment”) that: (a) permitted (i) the Globus Transaction, (ii) the release of Alphatec 

F-23

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
International LLC and Alphatec Pacific, Inc. as credit parties, (iii) the payment in full of all obligations to Deerfield Private Design 
Fund II, L.P., Deerfield Private Design International II, L.P., Deerfield Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Deerfield Special Situations 
International Master Fund, L.P. (collectively, “Deerfield”) under the Facility Agreement between the Company and Deerfield, dated 
as of March 17, 2014, as amended to date (the “Deerfield Facility Agreement”), and (iv) the incurrence of debt under the Globus 
Facility Agreement and the granting of liens in favor of Globus; (b) reduced the revolving credit commitment to $22.5 million and the 
term loan commitment to $5 million; (c) revised the existing financial covenant package; and (d) extended the commitment expiry 
date from December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2019. In connection with the prepayment of the term loan under the Amended Credit 
Facility, the Company incurred a prepayment fee of $0.6 million payable to MidCap.

As of December 31, 2016, $12.5 million was outstanding under the revolving line of credit and $4.8 million was outstanding 

under the term loan.

The term loan interest rate is priced at the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus 8.0%, subject to a 9.5% floor, and the 

revolving line of credit interest rate remains priced at LIBOR plus 6.0%, reset monthly. At December 31, 2016, the revolving line of 
credit carried an interest rate of 6.6% and the term loan carries an interest rate of 9.5%. The borrowing base is determined, from time 
to time, based on the value of domestic eligible accounts receivable and domestic eligible inventory. As collateral for the Amended 
Credit Facility, the Company granted MidCap a security interest in substantially all of its assets, including all accounts receivable and 
all securities evidencing its interests in its subsidiaries. In addition to monthly payments of interest, monthly repayments of $0.2 
million in 2017 and $0.3 million in 2018 through maturity are due, with the remaining principal due upon maturity.

The Amended Credit Facility includes traditional lending and reporting covenants including a liquidity calculation and a fixed 

charge coverage ratio to be maintained by the Company. The Amended Credit Facility also includes several event of default 
provisions, such as payment default, insolvency conditions and a material adverse effect clause, which could cause interest to be 
charged at a rate which is up to five percentage points above the rate effective immediately before the event of default or result in 
MidCap’s right to declare all outstanding obligations immediately due and payable. The financial covenants of the Amended Credit 
Facility are not effective until April 2018 (See Note 15). There is no assurance that the Company will be in compliance with the 
financial covenants of the Amended Credit Facility in the future.

On March 11, 2016, the Company entered into a third amendment and waiver to the Amended Credit Facility with MidCap (the 

"Third Amendment to the Amended Credit Facility"). The Third Amendment to the Amended Credit Facility extended the maturity 
date of the Amended Credit Facility from August 30, 2016 to December 31, 2016 and contained an amendment fee in the amount of 
$0.5 million, which was due and payable at the earlier of the termination of the Amended Credit Facility or the maturity date. The 
Third Amendment to the Amended Credit Facility also contained a waiver of the December 2015 defaults under the Amended Credit 
Facility, provided a waiver for the fixed charge coverage ratio for January 2016 and eliminated the fixed charge coverage ratio 
covenant for February 2016.   

On August 8, 2016, the Company entered into a Fourth Amendment to the Amended Credit Facility with MidCap (the "Fourth 

Amendment to the Amended Credit Facility"). The Fourth Amendment to the Amended Credit Facility provided for a $2.2 million 
increase to the borrowing base until September 15, 2016, and included an amendment fee of $0.2 million, which was due and payable 
on August 8, 2016. The Fourth Amendment to the Amended Credit Facility also contained a waiver for the May and June 2016 non-
compliances.

At December 31, 2016, unamortized debt discount related to the prior and Amended Credit Facility within the consolidated 

balance sheet was $1.9 million, which will be amortized over the remaining term of the Amended Credit Facility.

Deerfield Facility Agreement

On March 17, 2014, the Company entered into the Deerfield Facility Agreement, pursuant to which Deerfield agreed to loan the 

Company up to $50 million, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Deerfield Facility Agreement. Under the terms of the 
Deerfield Facility Agreement, the Company had the option, but was not required, upon certain conditions to draw the entire amount 
available under the Deerfield Facility Agreement, at any time until January 30, 2015, provided that the initial draw be used for a 
portion of the payments made in connection with the Orthotec settlement described in Note 8 below. The Company agreed to pay 
Deerfield, upon each disbursement of funds under the Deerfield Facility Agreement, a transaction fee equal to 2.5% of the principal 
amount of the funds disbursed.

In connection with the execution of the Deerfield Facility Agreement on March 17, 2014, the Company issued to Deerfield 
warrants to purchase an aggregate of 520,833 shares of the Company’s common stock, which are immediately exercisable and have an 
exercise price equal to $16.68 per share (the “Initial Warrants”). Additionally, the Company agreed that each disbursement borrowing 
under the Deerfield Facility Agreement be accompanied by the issuance to Deerfield of warrants to purchase up to 833,333 shares of 
the Company’s common stock, in proportion to the amount of draw compared to the total $50 million facility (the "Draw Warrants").

F-24

On March 20, 2014, the Company made an initial draw of $20 million under the Deerfield Facility Agreement and received net 
proceeds of $19.5 million to fund the portion of the settlement payment obligations that were due in 2014 to Orthotec, LLC. The $0.5 
million transaction fee was recorded as a debt discount and was being amortized over the term of the draw, which ends March 20, 
2019. In connection with this borrowing, the Company issued Draw Warrants to purchase 333,333 shares of common stock at an 
exercise price of $16.68 per share, which were valued at $4.7 million and recorded as a debt discount, which were being amortized 
over the term of the $20 million draw. Additionally, $2.3 million of the value of the Initial Warrants was reclassified as a debt 
discount and is being amortized through interest expense over the term of the debt using the effective interest method.

On November 21, 2014, the Company made a second draw of $6.0 million under the Deerfield Facility Agreement and received 
net proceeds of $5.9 million to fund a portion of the Orthotec settlement payments due through 2016. The $0.2 million transaction fee 
was recorded as a debt discount and was being amortized over the remaining term of the draw, which ends March 20, 2019. In 
connection with this second draw, the Company issued Draw Warrants to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock at an exercise 
price of $16.68 per share, which Draw Warrants were valued at $0.9 million and were recorded as a debt discount, which was being 
amortized over the term of the debt using the effective interest method. Additionally, $0.2 million of the value of the Initial Warrants 
was reclassified as a debt discount and was being amortized through interest expense over the term of the debt using the effective 
interest method. No amounts remain available for the Company to borrow under the Facility Agreement.

On February 5, 2016, the Company entered into a Limited Waiver and Second Amendment to the Deerfield Facility Agreement 

(the “Deerfield Facility Agreement Second Amendment”) with Deerfield. The Deerfield Facility Agreement Second Amendment 
increased the interest rate under the Facility Agreement from 8.75% per annum to 14.75% per annum. In addition, the Deerfield 
Facility Agreement Second Amendment provided that the Company may elect to have (i) until August 30, 2016, six percent (6%), and 
(ii) thereafter, three percent (3%), in each case, of the interest on the outstanding principal amount under the Facility Agreement paid 
in kind, which would be added to the outstanding principal amount under the Deerfield Facility Agreement and bear interest at the 
interest rate of 14.75% per annum (the “PIK Interest”). All accrued and unpaid PIK Interest was due and payable when the 
outstanding amounts under the Facility Agreement were due and payable thereunder or were fully repaid, whichever occurs first. The 
Deerfield Facility Agreement Second Amendment also contained an amendment fee in the amount of $0.6 million, which was due and 
payable in installments of $0.2 million on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the Deerfield Facility Agreement; 
provided that all unpaid amendment fees shall be due and payable when the outstanding amounts under the Facility Agreement are due 
and payable or are fully repaid, whichever occurs first. The Deerfield Facility Agreement Second Amendment also changed the date 
from March 31, 2017 to March 31, 2018, as the date through which the Company must pay interest in the event the Company prepays 
amounts outstanding under the Deerfield Facility Agreement prior to such date. The Second Amendment also contained a waiver of 
the defaults under the Deerfield Facility Agreement for the fixed charge coverage ratio for the month of January 2016.

In September 2016, in connection with the Globus Transaction, Deerfield exercised its right to convert all outstanding Initial 

Warrants and Draw Warrants into shares of the Company's common stock based on the Black-Scholes value of the warrants. The 
outstanding warrants were converted into 268,614 shares of the Company's common stock valued at $1.1 million.    

On September 1, 2016, in connection with the Globus Transaction, the Company repaid in full all amounts outstanding and due 
under the Deerfield Facility Agreement and terminated the Deerfield Facility Agreement. Pursuant to the Globus Facility Agreement 
and the MidCap Fifth Amendment, the Company made a final payment of $33.5 million to Deerfield, consisting of outstanding 
principal and accrued interest of $27.9 million, a prepayment premium of $5.6 million and other related fees and wrote-off $3.9 
million of unamortized expenses resulting in a loss on debt extinguishment of $9.5 million. 

Globus Facility Agreement

On September 1, 2016, the Company and Globus entered into the Globus Facility Agreement, pursuant to which Globus agreed 
to loan the Company up to $30 million, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Globus Facility Agreement. At the closing 
of the Globus Transaction, the Company made an initial draw of $25 million under the Globus Facility Agreement with an additional 
draw of $5 million made in the fourth quarter of 2016.  As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding balance under the Globus Facility 
Agreement was $30.0 million, which becomes due and payable in quarterly payments of $0.8 million starting in September 2018, with 
a final payment of the remaining amount outstanding due on September 1, 2021.  The term loan interest rate is priced at LIBOR plus 
8.0% through September 1, 2018, and LIBOR plus 13.0%, thereafter.  At December 31, 2016, unamortized debt discount related to the 
Globus Facility Agreement within the consolidated balance sheet was $1.0 million, which will be amortized over the remaining term 
of the Globus Facility Agreement.

As collateral for the Globus Facility Agreement, the Company granted Globus a first lien security interest in substantially all of 

its assets, other than accounts receivable and related assets, which will secure the Globus Facility Agreement on a second lien basis. 
The Globus Facility Agreement includes traditional lending and reporting covenants including a liquidity calculation and a fixed 
charge coverage ratio to be maintained by the Company that are consistent with the covenants under the Amended Credit Facility. The 
financial covenants of the Globus Facility Agreement are not effective until April 2018 (See Note 15). There is no assurance that the 

F-25

Company will be in compliance with the financial covenants of the Globus Facility Agreement in the future. The Globus Facility 
Agreement also includes several event of default provisions, such as payment default, insolvency conditions and a material adverse 
effect clause, which could cause interest to be charged at a rate which is up to five percentage points above the rate effective 
immediately before the event of default or result in Globus’s right to declare all outstanding obligations immediately due and payable.

Other Debt Agreements

The Company has various capital lease arrangements. The leases bear annual interest at rates ranging from 6.6% to 9.6%, are 
generally due in monthly principal and interest installments, are collateralized by the related equipment, and have various maturity 
dates through September 2018.

Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):

 $

Amended Credit Facility with MidCap
Facility Agreement with Deerfield
Globus Facility Agreement
Notes payable
Total

Add: capital leases (See Note 7)
Less: debt discount

Total

Less: current portion of long-term debt

Total long-term debt, net of current portion

 $

Principal payments on debt are as follows as of December 31, 2016 (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,

2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Total

Add: capital lease principal payments
Less: debt discount

Total

Less: current portion of long-term debt

Long-term debt, net of current portion

December 31,

2016

2015

17,873   $
—    
30,000    
1,395    
49,268    
480    
(3,543)   
46,205    
(3,113)   
43,092   $

56,799 
26,000 
— 
1,788 
84,587 
1,277 
(5,642)
80,222 
(79,742)
480  

 $

 $

3,795 
4,046 
16,427 
3,333 
21,667 
49,268 
480 
(3,543)
46,205 
(3,113)
43,092  

7. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

In February 2008, the Company entered into a sublease agreement for office, engineering, and research and development space 

in Carlsbad, California.  The Sublease term commenced May 2008 and ended on January 31, 2016.  In January 2016, the Company 
entered into a new lease agreement (the “Building Lease”) for the same property with the lease term through July 31, 2021. Under the 
new Building Lease the Company’s monthly rent payable is approximately $105,000 per month during the first year and increases by 
approximately $3,000 per month each year thereafter. 

The Company also leases certain equipment and vehicles under operating leases which expire on various dates through 2018, 

and certain equipment under capital leases which expire on various dates through 2017.

F-26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Future minimum annual lease payments under the Company’s operating and capital leases are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31,

2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Thereafter

Less: amount representing interest
Present value of minimum lease payments
Current portion of capital leases
Capital leases, less current portion

  Operating
 $

1,589   $
1,557    
1,544    
1,585    
971    
—    
7,246    

    $

Capital

437 
68 
— 
— 
— 
— 
505 
(25)
480 
(414)
66  

Rent expense under operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $2.1 million, $1.8 million and 

$1.8 million, respectively.

Litigation

The Company is and may become involved in various legal proceedings arising from its business activities. While management 
is not aware of any litigation matter that in and of itself would have a material adverse impact on the Company’s consolidated results 
of operations, cash flows or financial position, litigation is inherently unpredictable, and depending on the nature and timing of a 
proceeding, an unfavorable resolution could materially affect the Company’s future consolidated results of operations, cash flows or 
financial position in a particular period.  The Company assesses contingencies to determine the degree of probability and range of 
possible loss for potential accrual or disclosure in our consolidated financial statements. An estimated loss contingency is accrued in 
the Company’s consolidated financial statements if it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be 
reasonably estimated. Because litigation is inherently unpredictable and unfavorable resolutions could occur, assessing contingencies 
is highly subjective and requires judgments about future events. When evaluating contingencies, the Company may be unable to 
provide a meaningful estimate due to a number of factors, including the procedural status of the matter in question, the presence of 
complex or novel legal theories, and/or the ongoing discovery and development of information important to the matters. In addition, 
damage amounts claimed in litigation against the Company may be unsupported, exaggerated or unrelated to reasonably possible 
outcomes, and as such are not meaningful indicators of the Company’s potential liability.

Indemnifications

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into agreements under which it occasionally indemnifies third-parties for 

intellectual property infringement claims or claims arising from breaches of representations or warranties. In addition, from time to 
time, the Company provides indemnity protection to third-parties for claims relating to past performance arising from undisclosed 
liabilities, product liabilities, environmental obligations, representations and warranties, and other claims. In these agreements, the 
scope and amount of remedy, or the period in which claims can be made, may be limited. It is not possible to determine the maximum 
potential amount of future payments, if any, due under these indemnities due to the conditional nature of the obligations and the 
unique facts and circumstances involved in each agreement.

Royalties

The Company has entered into various intellectual property agreements requiring the payment of royalties based on the sale of 
products that utilize such intellectual property. These royalties primarily relate to products sold by Alphatec Spine and are calculated 
either as a percentage of net sales or in one instance on a per-unit sold basis. Royalties are included on the accompanying consolidated 
statement of operations as a component of cost of revenues.

8. Orthotec Settlement

On September 26, 2014, the Company entered into a Settlement and Release Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2014, by and 

among the Company and its direct subsidiaries, including Alphatec Spine, Inc., Alphatec Holdings International C.V., Scient'x S.A.S. 
and Surgiview S.A.S.; HealthpointCapital, LLC, HealthpointCapital Partners, L.P., HealthpointCapital Partners II, L.P., John H. 
Foster and Mortimer Berkowitz III; and Orthotec, LLC and Patrick Bertranou, (the “Settlement Agreement”). Pursuant to the 
Settlement Agreement, the Company agreed to pay Orthotec, LLC $49.0 million in cash, including initial cash payments in totaling 

F-27

   
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
$17.5 million, which the Company previously paid in 2014.  The Company agreed to pay the remaining $31.5 million in 28 quarterly 
installments of $1.1 million and one additional quarterly installment of $0.7 million, commencing October 1, 2014. In September 
2014, the Company and HealthpointCapital entered into an agreement for joint payment of settlement whereby HealthpointCapital has 
agreed to contribute $5 million to the $49 million settlement amount.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company has made installment payments in the aggregate of $27.4 million, with a remaining 

unpaid balance of $30.4 million. The Company has the right to prepay the amounts due without penalty. In addition, the unpaid 
balance of the amounts due accrues interest at the rate of 7% per year beginning May 15, 2014 until the amounts due are paid in full. 
The accrued but unpaid interest will be paid in quarterly installments of $1.1 million (or the full amount of the accrued but unpaid 
interest if less than $1.1 million) following the full payment of the $31.5 million in quarterly installments described above. No interest 
will accrue on the accrued interest. The Settlement Agreement provided for mutual releases of all claims in the Orthotec, LLC v. 
Surgiview, S.A.S, et al. matter in the Superior Court of California, Los Angeles County and all other related litigation matters 
involving the Company and its directors and affiliates.  

9. Redeemable Preferred Stock

The Company issued shares of redeemable preferred stock in connection with its initial public offering in June 2006.  As of 
December 31, 2016, the redeemable preferred stock carrying value was $23.6 million and there were 20 million shares of redeemable 
preferred stock authorized. The redeemable preferred stock is not convertible into common stock but is redeemable at $9.00 per share, 
(i) upon the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or the occurrence of certain mergers, consolidations or sales of all or 
substantially all of the Company’s assets, before any payment to the holders of the Company’s common stock, or (ii) at the 
Company’s option at any time. Holders of redeemable preferred stock are generally not entitled to vote on matters submitted to the 
stockholders, except with respect to certain matters that will affect them adversely as a class, and are not entitled to receive dividends. 
The carrying value of the redeemable preferred stock was $7.11 per share at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

The redeemable preferred stock is presented separately from stockholders’ deficit in the consolidated balance sheets and any 

adjustments to its carrying value up to its redemption value of $9.00 per share will be reported as a dividend.

10. Stock Benefit Plans, Stock-Based Compensation and Equity Transactions

In 2005, the Company adopted its 2005 Employee, Director, and Consultant Stock Plan (the “2005 Plan”). The 2005 Plan 

expired in April 2016. As of December 31, 2016, there were 615,902 shares issuable under the 2005 Plan.

In the third quarter of 2016, the Company adopted its 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”), which replaced the 2005 

Plan. The 2016 Plan allows for the grant of options, restricted stock, restricted stock unit awards and performance unit awards to 
employees, directors, and consultants of the Company. Upon its adoption, the 2016 Plan had 1,083,333 shares of common stock 
reserved for issuance. The Board of Directors determines the terms of the grants made under the 2016 Plan. Options granted under the 
2016 Plan expire no later than ten years from the date of grant (five years for incentive stock options granted to holders of more 
than 10% of the Company’s voting stock). Options generally vest over a four year period and may be immediately exercisable upon a 
change of control of the Company. The exercise price of incentive stock options may not be less than 100% of the fair value of the 
Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of any option granted to a 10% stockholder may be no less 
than 110% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.  At December 31, 2016, 392,659 shares of common 
stock remained available for issuance under the 2016 Plan. The 2016 Plan will expire in May 2026.

On October 4, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2016 Employment Inducement Award Plan (the 
“Inducement Plan”). The Inducement Plan allows for the grant of options, restricted stock, restricted stock unit awards and 
performance unit awards to new employees of the Company by granting an award to such new employee as an inducement for such 
new employee to begin employment with the Company.  The Inducement Plan currently has 950,000 shares of common stock 
reserved for issuance, which may only be granted to an employee who has not previously been an employee or member of the board of 
directors of the Company. The terms of the Inducement Plan are substantially similar to the terms of the Company’s 2016 Plan with 
two principal exceptions: (i) incentive stock options may not be granted under the Inducement Plan; and (ii) the annual compensation 
paid by the Company to specified executives will be deductible only to the extent that it does not exceed $1.0 million. Under the 
Inducement Plan, the Company granted $0.8 million of value Performance Restricted Share Units ("PRSUs").   The PRSUs will vest 
in a dollar amount representing between 0% to 250% of the target value upon the earlier of September 14, 2019 or a change in control 
of the Company. The actual payout amount will be based on the Company’s market capitalization on the vesting date and the fair-
market value of the Company’s common stock on such vesting date and will be paid in shares of the Company's common stock.

The 2005 Plan, the 2016 Plan and the Inducement Plan are cumulatively referred to as the Plans.

F-28

Stock Options

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity under the Plans and related information is as follows (in thousands, except 

as indicated and per share data), as adjusted for the 1-for-12 reverse stock split:

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

Granted
Forfeited

Outstanding at December 31, 2016
Options vested and exercisable at December 31, 2016
Options vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2016

Weighted
average
exercise
price

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
(in years)

Aggregate
intrinsic
value

24.96    
4.43    
29.42    
12.17    
21.11    
13.37    

6.36   $
—    
—    
7.75   $
5.20   $
7.41   $

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
—  

Shares

637   $
668   $
(150)  $
1,155   $
435   $
991   $

The weighted-average grant-date fair value per share of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 

and 2014 was $4.43, $15.36 and $9.72, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options at December 31, 2016 is based on the 
Company’s closing stock price on that date of $3.21 per share.

As of December 31, 2016, there was $5.6 million of unrecognized compensation expense for stock options and awards which is 
expected to be recognized on a straight-line basis over a weighted average period of approximately 3.6 years. The total intrinsic value 
of options exercised was immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

Restricted Stock Awards and Units

The following table summarizes information about the restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and performance-based 

restricted units activity (in thousands, except as indicated and per share data), as adjusted for the 1-for-12 reverse stock split:

Unvested at December 31, 2015

Awarded
Vested
Forfeited

Unvested at December 31, 2016

Weighted
average
grant
date fair
value

Weighted
average
remaining
recognition
period
(in years)

16.91    
5.79    
9.73    
16.65    
7.48    

1.48 

3.02  

Shares

260   $
969   $
(64)  $
(73)  $
1,092   $

The weighted average fair value per share of awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was 

$5.79, $16.11 and $16.62 respectively.  

Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units

In July 2014, the Company granted 77,666 performance-based restricted stock units ("PSUs") to certain employees under its 
2005 Plan. The PSUs vest based upon the Company's achievement of certain performance goals over the period from July 1, 2014 
through December 31, 2016.  The number of PSUs that may vest varies between 0%-200% based on the achievement of such goals. 
The PSUs were valued at $17.04 per share based on the closing price of the Company's common stock on the date of grant.  The 
performance criteria for the PSUs issued in 2014 was not met and they were cancelled in 2017.

In February 2015, the Company granted 154,500 PSUs to certain employees under its 2005 Plan. The PSUs vest based upon the 
Company's achievement of certain performance goals over the period from January 1, 2015 through December 31, 2017.  The number 
of PSUs that may vest varies between 0%-200% based on the achievement of such goals. The PSUs were valued at $16.20 per share 
based on the closing price of the Company's common stock on the date of grant.

F-29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
For purposes of measuring compensation expense, the amount of PSUs ultimately expected to vest is estimated at each reporting 

date based on management’s expectations regarding the relevant performance criteria. The related compensation expense was $0.0 
million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The recognition of 
compensation expense associated with PSUs requires judgment in assessing the probability of meeting the performance goals, as well 
as defined criteria for assessing achievement of the performance-related goals.

Elite Medical Holdings and Pac 3 Surgical Collaboration Agreement

In October 2013, the Company entered into a three-year collaboration agreement with Elite Medical Holdings, LLC and Pac 3 

Surgical Products, LLC (the "Collaborators") (the "Collaboration Agreement") to provide consultation services to assist the Company 
in the development of its products and its products in development. Under the terms of the collaboration agreement, the Company will 
gain exclusive rights to the use of all intellectual property developed by the collaborators. The Company agreed to make three annual 
payments to the collaborator as sole consideration for services provided, totaling an aggregate of up to $8 million, paid in common 
stock of Alphatec Holdings at a per share price of $23.35, which was equal to the average NASDAQ closing price of the common 
stock on the five days leading up to and including the date of signing the Collaboration Agreement. The actual number of shares 
issued each year will be determined by the fair market value of the services provided over the prior 12 months.

On November 2, 2015, the Company entered into a first amendment (the "First Amendment") to the Collaboration Agreement. 
Pursuant to the First Amendment, in exchange for a "lock up" restriction on selling or transferring each tranche of shares issued to the 
Collaborators and a maximum value cap, as discussed below, the Company has agreed to make a cash payment to the Collaborators in 
the event that the shares in such tranche do not have a minimum amount of value based on the market value of the Company’s 
common stock at the end of the lock up period applicable to such tranche of shares. In addition, in the event that at the end of a lock up 
period the value of a tranche of shares issued to the Collaborators exceeds a certain amount, the Collaborators have agreed to forfeit 
shares back to the Company, so as to limit the maximum amount of value derived from such shares at the end of a lock up period. 
Pursuant to the First Amendment, the shares issued to the Collaborators in each of 2014, 2015 and 2016 are subject to a lock up that 
lasts until the first quarter of 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The valuation of each tranche of shares occurs at the end of the 
applicable lock up period.

Based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on December 31, 2016, the Company has recorded a guaranteed 

compensation liability of $6.7 million for shares of the Company’s common stock previously issued under the Collaboration 
Agreement, with $2.2 million payable in 2017, 2018 and 2019. The amount payable in 2017 is included in accrued expenses and the 
amounts payable in 2018 and 2019 are presented under other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and represent the 
cash settlement amounts.  If the Collaborators elect to sell, assign or transfer: (i) more than 20% of the shares issued to the 
Collaborators prior to the first valuation date; or (ii) any of the Collaborator shares still subject to a lockup after the first valuation 
date, all of the aforementioned restrictions on transfer and valuation minimums and maximums are null and void.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company has issued 342,356 shares of its common stock under this agreement and recorded 

expense of $2.1 million, $4.9 million and $1.9 million in the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, which is 
included in research and development expenses.

SVB Warrants

In December 2011, in connection with the third amendment to the Company’s former credit facility with the SiliconValley Bank 
("SVB"), finance charges totaling $0.2 million were waived in exchange for the issuance to SVB of warrants to purchase 7,812 shares 
of the Company’s common stock. The warrants are immediately exercisable, can be exercised through a cashless exercise, have an 
exercise price of $19.20 per share and have a 10-year term.

Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance

Common stock reserved for future issuance consists of the following (in thousands), as adjusted for the 1-for-12 reverse stock 

split:

Stock options outstanding
Awards outstanding
Warrants outstanding
Authorized for future grant under 2016 and INDC Plans

 December 31, 2016 
1,155 
1,092 
8 
395 
2,650  

F-30

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
11. Income Taxes

The components of the pretax income (loss) from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 

are as follows (in thousands):

U.S. Domestic
Foreign

Pretax income (loss) from operations

Year Ended December 31,
2015
(88,614)  $
(83,785)   
(172,399)  $

2016
(29,898)  $
(1,037)   
(30,935)  $

2014

(3,821)
4,130 
309  

 $

 $

The components of the (benefit) provision for income taxes from continuing operations are presented in the following table (in 

thousands):

Current income tax (benefit) provision:

Federal
State
Total current

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense:

Federal
State
Total deferred

Total income tax (benefit) provision

Year Ended December 31,
2015

2014

2016

 $

 $

(8)  $
72    
64    

221   $
149    
370    

(4,269)   
(429)   
(4,698)   
(4,634)  $

(1,363)   
(153)   
(1,516)   
(1,146)  $

— 
145 
145 

238 
24 
262 
407  

ASC 740-20 requires total income tax expense or benefit to be allocated among continuing operations, discontinued operations, 
extraordinary items, other comprehensive income and items charged directly to shareholders’ equity. This allocation is referred to as 
intra-period tax allocation. The sale of the Company's international distribution operations and several foreign subsidiaries is reported 
under discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, we are required to allocate the provision for 
income taxes between continuing operations and discontinued operations. For the year ended December 31, 2016, we recognized a 
gain from discontinued operations before tax, and, as a result, we recorded a tax expense of $6.5 million in discontinued operations 
and a corresponding tax benefit to continuing operations. 

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the applicable U.S. statutory 

federal income tax rate to pretax income (loss) from continuing operations as a result of the following differences:

Federal statutory rate
Adjustments for tax effects of:

State taxes, net
Stock-based compensation
Foreign taxes
Tax credits
Deemed foreign dividend
Fair market value adjustments
Intercompany debt forgiveness and other permanent
   adjustments
Goodwill impairment
Tax rate adjustment
Uncertain tax positions
Other
Valuation allowance

Effective income tax rate

2016

December 31,
2015

2014

(35.0)%   

(35.0)%   

(35.0)%

(1.7)%   
2.3%   
0.1%   
— 
— 
0.4%   

0.3%   
— 
0.3%   
(0.1)%   
0.9%   
17.5%   
(15.0)%   

(0.3)%   
0.4%   
0.1%   
(0.1)%   
0.1%   
(1.6)%   

0.1%   
30.5%   
0.3%   
— 

(4.3)%   
9.1%   
(0.7)%   

(3.9)%
(239.7)%
(17.2)%
123.3%
— 
293.4%

(29.9)%
— 
(16.3)%
(54.0)%
913.2%
(1,065.6)%
(131.7)%

The 2016 benefit for income taxes from continuing operations primarily consists of domestic losses net of state taxes.  

F-31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 are as follows 

(in thousands):

Deferred tax assets:

Allowances and reserves
Accrued expenses
Inventory reserves
Net operating loss carryforwards
Property and equipment
Intangible asset
Stock-based compensation
Legal settlement
Goodwill
Income tax credit carryforwards
Total deferred tax assets

Valuation allowance

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

Deferred tax liabilities:

Investment in foreign partnership
Intangible assets
Total deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

December 31,

2016

2015

 $

 $

705   $
1,452    
7,071    
37,444    
2,730    
3,291    
1,766    
11,494    
3,029    
5,429    
74,411    
(58,202)   
16,209    

16,215    
—    
16,215    
(6)  $

955 
2,331 
9,631 
43,427 
2,420 
— 
2,377 
11,806 
3,362 
3,235 
79,544 
(63,612)
15,932 

15,467 
465 
15,932 
—  

The realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on the Company’s ability to generate sufficient taxable income in future years 
in the associated jurisdiction to which the deferred tax assets relate. As of December 31, 2016, a valuation allowance of $58.2 million 
has been established against the net deferred tax assets as realization is uncertain.  The deferred tax liabilities consist primarily of the 
excess of the book value over the tax basis of their investment in the foreign partnership.

In determining the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, 
including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, and recent financial 
performance. Based on the review of all positive and negative evidence, including a three year cumulative pre-tax loss, the Company 
determined that a full valuation allowance should be recorded against all U.S. deferred tax assets and all European deferred tax assets, 
except for Scient'x S.A.S. and Surgiview S.A.S. at December 31, 2016, as the French entities now have an overall net deferred tax 
liability.   If the Company later determines that it is more-likely-than-not to realize all or a portion of the U.S. or other European 
deferred tax assets, it would reverse the previously provided valuation allowance.    

At December 31, 2016, the Company has unrecognized tax benefits of $9.3 million of which $7.9 million will affect the 

effective tax rate if recognized when the Company no longer has a valuation allowance offsetting its deferred tax assets.

The following table summarizes the changes to unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 

2014 (in thousands):

Unrecognized tax benefit at the beginning of the year
Additions based on tax positions related to the
   current year
Additions based on tax positions related to the prior year
Reductions as a result of lapse of applicable statute
   of limitations
Reductions as a result of foreign exchange rates and other   
 $

Unrecognized tax benefits at the end of the year

Year ended December 31,
2015

2014

2016

10,359    

8,861    

7,835 

153    
57    

859    
1,144    

(184)   
(1,054)   
9,331   $

(76)   
(429)   
10,359   $

1,050 
391 

(40)
(375)
8,861  

 The Company believes it is reasonably possible it will reduce its unrecognized tax benefits by $0.6 million within the next 12 

months.

F-32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state and foreign 
jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examination by tax authorities in major 
jurisdictions for years prior to 2011. However, to the extent allowed by law, the taxing authorities may have the right to examine prior 
periods where net operating losses and tax credits were generated and carried forward, and make adjustments up to the amount of the 
carryforwards. The Company is not currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service, foreign or state and local tax 
authorities, however Scient’x’s  2013 and 2014 tax years are currently under audit by the French tax authorities.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of the income tax provision. As 

of December 31, 2016, accrued interest and penalties were $1.1 million, which primarily relates to the uncertain tax positions of the 
Scient’x operations. During 2016, there was a decrease of $0.1 million in the accrued interest and penalties related to the uncertain tax 
positions of the Scient’x operations.

At December 31, 2016, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $91.9 million and $113.9 million, 

respectively, expiring at various dates through 2036. At December 31, 2016, the Company had federal and state research and 
development tax credits of $3.4 million and $3.1 million, respectively. The federal research and development tax credits expire at 
various dates through 2036, while the state credits do not expire. The Company had foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $14.9 
million which do not expire. Utilization of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may become subject to annual 
limitations due to ownership change limitations that could occur in the future as provided by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue 
Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), as well as similar state and foreign provisions. These ownership changes 
may limit the amount of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable 
income.

The Company does not record U.S. income taxes on the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries based upon the 

Company’s intention to permanently reinvest undistributed earnings to ensure sufficient working capital and further expansion of 
existing operations outside the United States. The undistributed earnings of the foreign subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 are 
immaterial. In the event the Company is required to repatriate funds from outside of the United States, such repatriation would be 
subject to local laws, customs, and tax consequences. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability related to 
these earnings is not practicable.

12. Related Party Transactions

For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company incurred costs of less than $0.1 million, $0.1 million and 
$0.2 million, respectively, to Foster Management Company and HealthpointCapital, LLC for travel and administrative expenses. John 
H. Foster, who was one of the Company's directors until March 2, 2016 is a significant equity holder of HealthpointCapital, LLC, an 
affiliate of HealthpointCapital Partners, L.P. and HealthpointCapital Partners II, L.P., which are the Company’s principal 
stockholders.  As of December 31, 2016, the Company also had a liability of less than $0.1 million payable to HealthpointCapital, 
LLC for travel and administrative expenses.

In July 2016, the Company entered into a forbearance agreement with HealthpointCapital, LLC, HealthpointCapital Partners, 

L.P., and HealthpointCapital Partners II, L.P. (collectively, "HealthpointCapital"), pursuant to which HealthpointCapital, on behalf of 
the Company, paid $1.0 million of the $1.1 million payment due and payable by the Company to Orthotec on July 1, 2016 and agreed 
to not exercise its contractual rights to seek an immediate repayment of such amount. Pursuant to this forbearance agreement, the 
Company repaid this amount in September 2016.  The Company and HealthpointCapital entered into an agreement for joint payment 
of settlement whereby HealthpointCapital has agreed to contribute $5 million to the $49 million settlement amount.

Indemnification Agreements

The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with certain of its directors, which are named defendants in the 

Orthotec litigation matter in New York (See Note 8). The indemnification agreements require the Company to indemnify these 
individuals to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to advance expenses incurred by them in connection with any 
proceeding against them with respect to which they may be entitled to indemnification by the Company. For the years ended 
December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company paid less than $0.1 million in each year in connection with the indemnification 
obligations of Scient’x and Surgiview, all of which was related to the Orthotec matter. (See Note 8).  

F-33

13. Retirement Plan

The Company maintains an employee savings plan that qualifies as a deferred salary arrangement under Section 401(k) of the 
Internal Revenue Code. Under the savings plan, participating employees may contribute a portion of their pre-tax earnings, up to the 
Internal Revenue Service annual contribution limit. Additionally, the Company may elect to make matching contributions into the 
savings plan at its sole discretion of up to 4% of each individual’s compensation. Matching contributions vest after one year of 
service. The Company’s total contributions to the 401(k) plan were $0.4 million, $0.6 million and $0.6 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

14. Restructuring Activities

In connection with the Globus Transaction (described in Note 4), the Company reduced its U.S. workforce and terminated 

employment agreements with several executive officers and employees including the chief executive officer and the chief financial 
officer, and recorded restructuring expenses related to severance and post-employment benefits of $1.9 million in the year ended 
December 31, 2016.  The Company had additional headcount reductions in February 2017.

On July 6, 2015, the Company announced a restructuring of its manufacturing operations in California in an effort to improve its 

cost structure. The restructuring includes a reduction in workforce and closing the California manufacturing facility. Restructuring 
liabilities are measured at fair value and recognized as incurred.  The Company incurred termination benefits, accelerated 
depreciation, facility closing and other restructuring costs expenses of $0.4 million and $2.2 million in the years ended December 31, 
2016 and 2015, respectively, related to these restructuring activities which were completed in the first half of 2016.

In 2013, the Company announced that Scient'x began a process to significantly restructure its business operations in France in 

an effort to improve operating efficiencies and rationalize its cost structure and in 2015 the Company initiated plans to close its French 
operations. The restructuring included a reduction in Scient'x's workforce and closing of the manufacturing facilities in France. The 
Company has recorded total costs of $10.6 million through December 31, 2016, which includes employee severance, social plan 
benefits and related taxes, facility closing costs, manufacturing transfer costs, and contract termination costs. The Company has 
substantially completed the activities associated with the restructuring as of December 31, 2016, and majority of the related liabilities 
have been settled.

15. Subsequent Event

On March 22, 2017, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with certain 

institutional and accredited investors (collectively, the “Purchasers”), including certain directors and executive officers of the 
Company, providing for the sale by the Company of 1,809,628 shares of its common stock at a purchase price of $2.00 per share, 
15,245 shares of preferred shares (the “Preferred Shares,”) and a newly designated Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series 
A Convertible Preferred Stock”) at a purchase price of $1,000 per share (which Preferred Shares are convertible into approximately 
7,622,372 shares of the Company’s common stock, subject to limitations on conversion until the approval by the Company’s 
stockholders and warrants to purchase up to 9,432,000 shares of its Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.00 per share (the 
“Warrants”), in a private placement (the “Private Placement”). The Warrants will become exercisable following stockholder approval, 
are subject to certain ownership limitations, and expire five years after the date of such stockholder approval.

The aggregate gross proceeds for the Private Placement is approximately $18.9 million. The Company intends to use the net 

proceeds from the Private Placement for general corporate and working capital purposes. Certain directors and executive officers of 
the Company purchased an aggregate of $2.35 million of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, which shares are convertible 
into approximately 1,175,000 shares of Common Stock, and Warrants to purchase up to 1,175,000 shares of the Company’s common 
stock. Pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, from the closing until the later of 90 days after the effective date of a resale 
registration statement or the date of stockholder approval, the Company is prohibited from issuing, or entering into any agreement to 
issue, or announcing the issuance or proposed issuance of, any shares of the Company’s common stock or common stock equivalents, 
subject to certain permitted exceptions.

A total of 15,245 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock will be authorized for issuance under a Certificate of 
Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (the “Certificate of 
Designation”), to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in connection with the closing. The shares of Series A 
Convertible Preferred Stock have a stated value of $1,000 per share and will be convertible into approximately 500 shares of the 
Company’s common stock. Until the date that stockholder approval is obtained, the Certificate of Designation limits the number of 
shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock such that, when aggregated with the 
shares of common stock issued at the closing, such issuances shall not exceed 19.99% of the Company’s issued and outstanding 
common stock.

F-34

The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock will be entitled to dividends on an as-if-converted basis in the same form as any 
dividends actually paid on shares of the Company’s common stock or other securities.  The initial conversion price of $2.00 is subject 
to appropriate adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend, combination, reclassification or other recapitalization affecting 
the Company’s common stock. In addition, for a period ending on the earlier of one year from effective date of a resale registration 
Statement or the date on which there are no shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding, the conversion price is also 
subject to full ratchet anti-dilution protection in the event the Company issues securities at an effective price less than the initial 
conversion price, subject to certain exceptions.

On March 30, 2017, the Company entered into a sixth amendment to the Amended Credit Facility with MidCap and a first 
amendment to the Globus Facility Agreement with Globus (collectively the “2017 Amendments).  The 2017 Amendments extend the 
date that the financial covenants of the Amended Credit Facility and the Globus Facility Agreement are effective from April 2017 to 
April 2018.

16. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The following financial information reflects all normal recurring adjustments, which are, in the opinion of management, 
necessary for a fair statement of the results of the interim periods. Summarized quarterly data for fiscal 2016 and 2015 are as follows 
(in thousands, except per share data):

Selected quarterly financial data: (2)
Revenue
Gross profit
Total operating expenses
Loss from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
Net loss
Net loss per basic and diluted share (1)

Selected quarterly financial data: (2)
Revenue
Gross profit
Total operating expenses
Loss from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
Net loss
Net loss per basic and diluted share (1)

 $

 $

Year ended December 31, 2016

1st
Quarter

2nd
Quarter

3rd
Quarter

4th
Quarter

34,206   $
24,487    
27,930    
(4,248)   
(2,369)   
(6,617)   
(0.78)   

32,241   $
21,158    
21,479    
(1,909)   
(3,324)   
(5,233)   
(0.62)   

26,711   $
15,862    
20,411    
(10,063)   
(3,658)   
(13,721)   
(1.60)   

27,090 
14,627 
21,691 
(10,081)
5,727 
(4,354)
(0.49)

Year ended December 31, 2015

1st
Quarter

2nd
Quarter

3rd
Quarter

4th
Quarter

35,577   $
24,492    
24,750    
(3,599)   
(963)   
(4,561)   
(0.55)   

32,333   $
18,287    
23,691    
(4,190)   
243    
(3,947)   
(0.48)   

31,687   $
21,658    
186,333    
(156,998)   
(3,267)   
(160,265)   
(19.35)   

34,791 
23,585 
29,103 
(6,463)
(3,440)
(9,903)
(1.18)

(1) Basic and diluted net loss per share, adjusted for the 1-for-12 reverse stock split, is computed independently for each of the 

quarters presented. Therefore, the sum of the quarterly per share amounts will not necessarily equal the total for the year.

(2)

Selected quarterly financial data for periods prior to the nine months ended September 30, 2016 have been recast to reflect 
discontinued operations.

F-35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Balance at December 31, 2013

Provision
Write-offs and recoveries, net

Balance at December 31, 2014

Provision
Write-offs and recoveries, net

Balance at December 31, 2015

Provision
Write-offs and recoveries, net

Balance at December 31, 2016

(1)

The provision is included in sales and marketing expenses.

Allowance
for
Doubtful
Accounts (1)
(In thousands)

637 
522 
(613)
546 
414 
(191)
769 
620 
(31)
1,358  

  $

  $

F-36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Alphatec Holdings, Inc, the NASDAQ Composite Index 
and the NASDAQ Medical Equipment Index

$250

$200

$150

$100

$50

$0

12/11

12/12

12/13

12/14

12/15

12/16

Alphatec Holdings, Inc

NASDAQ Composite

NASDAQ Medical Equipment

*$100 invested on 12/31/11 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.
Fiscal year ending December 31.

Graph produced by Research Data Group, Inc.

1/5/17

EXECUTIVE TEAM

Terry M. Rich
Chief Executive Officer, Director

Mike Plunkett
President and Chief Operating Officer

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS
Alphatec Spine, Inc.
5818 El Camino Real
Carlsbad, CA 92008
760.494.6610
www.alphatecspine.com

Jeff Black
Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
Thursday, June 15, 2017 at 2:00 p.m.
Corporate Headquarters

Craig Hunsaker
Executive Vice President, People & Culture
and General Counsel

COMMON STOCK LISTING
Nasdaq Global Select Market
Ticker Symbol: ATEC

Jon Allen
Executive Vice President, Commercial Operations

Brian Snider
Executive Vice President, Strategic Marketing and Product 
Development

STOCK TRANSFER AGENT 
Computershare, Inc. 
480 Washington Blvd. 
Jersey City, NJ 07310 
Shareholder Communication Center: 800.356.2017 
www.computershare.com

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Mortimer “Tim” Berkowitz III
Chairman of the Board of Directors

R. Ian Molson
Director, Member of the Audit Committee,
Chair of the Compensation Committee

Stephen O’Neil
Director, Member of the Compensation Committee

Donald A. Williams
Director, Chair of the Audit Committee

David H. Mowry
Director, Member of the Audit Committee

Leslie H. Cross
Director

Terry M. Rich
Director, Chief Executive Officer

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
Ernst & Young LLP 
4370 La Jolla Village Drive 
Suite 500 
San Diego, CA 92122 
www.ey.com

SECURITIES COUNSEL
Latham & Watkins LLP
12670 High Bluff Drive
San Diego, CA 92130
858.523.5400
www.lw.com

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
A copy of Alphatec Holdings, Inc. annual report to the 
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 10-K 
is available without charge online at  
www.alphatecspine.com

NOTE ON FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
This annual report contains forward-looking statements 
within the meaning of the United States securities laws. 
Such forward-looking statements are subject to risks and 
uncertainties that could cause Alphatec Holdings, Inc.’s 
actual results to differ materially from those indicated 
by these forward-looking statement. Information on 
the risks and uncertainties that could affect Alphatec 
Holdings, Inc.’s results is included in the Annual Report 
on Form 10-K included herewith, Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 
undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking 
statements.

5818 El Camino Real Carlsbad, CA 92008 USA
alphatecspine.com